2015 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences

2015 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences Undergraduate NOTICE All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from January 1, 2015. The University reserves the right to amend any regulation or provision at any time without prior notice. Although every attempt has been made to ensure that the information is accurate, the University does not accept any liability concerning inaccuracies of any of the contents in the Calendar. The Higher Education Qualifications Framework (HEQF), as gazetted on 5 October 2007 is currently being phased in at the University. The alignment of all existing programmes with the HEQF is a project that is envisaged to take until 2015 at the earliest to complete. Due to this certain information in this calendar may not be in line with the HEQF.

CONTENTS GENERAL INFORMATION... 2 DEGREES AND DIPLOMAS CONFERRED IN THE FACULTY... 4 FACULTY BOARD AND FACULTY OFFICE STAFF... 5 LECTURING AND TECHNICAL STAFF... 6 RULES FOR PROGRAMMES... 17 BAdmin (Full-Time)... 17 BAdmin (Part-Time)... 22 BCom Full-Time Curriculum... 27 BCom Part-Time Curriculum... 32 BCom Extended Curriculum... 36 BCom (Financial Accounting)... 42 BCom (Economics)... 45 BCom (Finance)... 49 BCom (Human Resource Management)... 53 BCom (Information Systems)... 57 BCom (Management)... 61 BCom (Accounting)... 65 BCom (Accounting) Extended Curriculum... 69 BCom (Law)... 73 BEcon (DE)... 78 Higher Certificate in Economic Development (HCED)... 82 MODULE DESCRIPTORS... 84 Extended Curriculla... 84 Business Analysis... 95 Academic Literacy for Commerce... 99 Accounting... 100 Accounting Related Subjects... 106 Economics... 154 Fair Share (HCED)... 174 Industrial Psychology... 181 Information Systems... 190 School of Business and Finance... 132 Law Faculty Module Descriptors... 204 Political Studies... 210 Public Administration... 218 Quantitative Skills for Accounting... 91 Quantitative Skills for Commerce... 90 Quantitative Skills Finance... 94 Quantitative Skills Foundation... 99 Quantitative Skills for Literacy... 100 Mathematical & Statistical Sciences... 209 Business Statistics... 209 1

GENERAL INFORMATION CORRESPONDENCE WITH THE UNIVERSITY All postal correspondence should be addressed to the relevant person or department at: The University of the Western Cape Private Bag X17 Bellville 7535 Should you not know the person or department, please direct all correspondence to: The Registrar University of the Western Cape Private Bag X17 Bellville 7535 Faculty related enquiries can be directly forwarded to: Faculty Manager Faculty of Economic and Management Sciences The University of the Western Cape Private Bag X17 Bellville 7535 Tel: +27 (0)21 959 2257 Fax: +27 (0)21 959 3470/2578 Email: emsadmin@uwc.ac.za CONTACT NUMBERS UWC Switchboard +27 (0)21 959-2911 UWC Call Centre +27 (0)21 959 3900/1/2/3 General Fax +27 (0)21 959-3126 THE UNIVERSITY S WEBSITE: www.uwc.ac.za GENERAL BURSARIES AND LOANS Full particulars of bursaries and loans are set out in a separate brochure that is obtainable from: Financial Aid Office University of the Western Cape Private Bag X17 Bellville 7535 Tel: +27 (0) 21 959 3114 2

CALENDAR The calendar is obtainable in the following separate parts: Part 1 Part 2 Part 3 Part 4 Part 5 Part 6 Part 7 Part 8 Part 9 General Information Faculty of Science Faculty of Arts (a) Undergraduate (b) Postgraduate Faculty of Economic and Management Sciences (a) Undergraduate (b) Postgraduate Faculty of Education Faculty of Dentistry Faculty of Law Faculty of Community and Health Sciences Schedule of Fees A separate publication containing the Faculty s teaching and examination time-tables is obtainable from the Faculty Office. Students may also access this information via the student portal. PLEASE NOTE: All prospective EMS students will be required to write the National Benchmarking test, which is an admissions test for placement purposes. Please visit the website for more details: www.nbt.ac.za 3

DEGREES AND DIPLOMAS CONFERRED IN THE FACULTY DEGREES Bachelor of Administration Bachelor of Commerce Bachelor of Commerce in Accounting Bachelor of Commerce in Financial Accounting Bachelor of Commerce in Economics Bachelor of Commerce in Finance Bachelor of Commerce in Management Bachelor of Commerce in Human Resources Bachelor of Commerce in Information Systems Bachelor of Commerce in Law Bachelor of Economics in Development Economics Bachelor of Administration (Honours) Bachelor of Commerce (Honours) Bachelor of Arts Honours Bachelor of Commerce (Honours) in Finance Bachelor of Commerce (Honours) in Management Bachelor of Economics (Honours) Master of Development Studies Master of Administration Master of Economics Master of Commerce Master of Arts Master of Public Administration Master of Philosophy (Land and Agrarian Studies) Doctor of Philosophy BAdmin BCom BCom (Acc) BCom (FinAcc) BCom (Eco) BCom(Fin) BCom(Man) BCom(HR) BCom(IFS) BCom (Law) BEcon (DE) BAdmin (Hons) BCom (Hons) BA (Hons) BComHons(Finance) BComHons(Management) BEcon (Hons) DVS MAdmin MEcon MCom MA MPA MPhil (LAS) PhD DIPLOMAS & CERTIFICATES Advanced Diploma in Management Advanced Diploma in Management (Finance) Advanced Diploma in Management (Financial Planning) Advanced Diploma in Public Administration Postgraduate Diploma in Accounting Postgraduate Diploma in Management Postgraduate Diploma in Finance Postgraduate Diploma in Land & Agrarian Studies Higher Certificate in Economic Development AdvDip (Management) AdvDip (Management) (Finance) AdvDip (Management) (Financial Planning) ADPA PGDip (Accounting) PGDip(Management) PGDip (Finance) PGDip (LAS) HCED ACCESS PROGRAMMES Management Development Programme Senior Management Development Programme Programme in Economic Principles Programme in Economic Principles and Policy MDP SMDP PEP I PEPP II 4

FACULTY BOARD FACULTY BOARD AND FACULTY OFFICE STAFF The Rector (ex officio), Vice Rectors (ex officio) Profs: DJ Visser, F Abrahams, CJ Bakkes, C Cairney, A du Toit, LER De Vries,, M Esau, W Geach, S Gool, R Hall, M Hara, F Herbst, P Hirschsohn, A Hsieh, K Hodnet, I Ille, M Isaacs, L Loxton, L Piper, J May, R Peters, J Pretorius, G Ruiters, C Tapscott, L Thompson, JJ Williams. Extraordinary Prof: D Blackmur, S Devereux, A Erwin, R Pellesier, DI Garach, CJ de Villiers. B Cousins. Extraordinary Prof (Associate): O Mollagee, SA Smulders. Extraordinary Senior Lecturers: Dr B von Lieres, KA Gottschalk, M Aliber, T Leuscher-Mamashela, M D November, Drs: C Africa,, F Anciano, A Bayat, J Breytenbach, W Brown, P Brijlal, G Davids, D Desai, M Dinbabo, M Du Plessis, A Karriem, B Mahembe, E Makaudze, N Mashiyi, V McGhie, J Njenga, L Pretorius, C Steyn, S Penderis, D Yu, G van Gensen, Messrs: G Adams, RG Arendse, D Alexander, M Botha, S Bucholtz, G Caseley, R George, G Hearn, P Hamel, K Heslop, M Hoskins, E Isaacs, J Jansen, S Klein, N Matanga, N Kock, ER Mentoor, I Mohamed, E Muriro, R Oliver, E Pullen, W Rinquest, P Saungweme, J Siebrits, AJ Saayman, GF Steyn, G Thaver, E van der Ross, Q Paulsen. Mmes: A Bayat, C Christians, C Conradie, E Hamel, D Hamman-Fisher, R Jano, L Kimani, J Lawrence, L Lorente-Quesada, K Mobarak, P Moodley, M Moses,, Z Mitchell, A Mujawamilya, H Naidoo, L Ndesi, A Noordien, M Otto, J Pretorius, F Petersen, L Svenson, J Terblanche, L Uys, C van den Berg, S van Staden, B Williams. Representatives of: Faculty of Law: Faculty of Science: Faculty of Education: Faculty of Community and Health Sciences: Mr F Moosa Mr A Latief Prof J Smith Dr S Bassett FACULTY OFFICE STAFF Dean: Deputy Dean - Research: Deputy Dean Academic: Faculty Manager: Senior Faculty Officer: Faculty Officers: Administrative Officer: DJ Visser, BCom, HDE (Stellenbosch), BCom (Hons) (South Africa), MCom (Western Cape), PhD (Stellenbosch) (FIAC) Heng-Hsing Hsieh, PhD (Cape Town), MCom (UKZN), BCom (Hons) (UND) Cum Laude, BCom (UND) Summa Cum Laude, MIFM, Chartered Financial Analyst (CFA) P Hirschsohn, BBusSc (Cape Town), BCom (Hons) (South Africa), MSc (Oxon), PhD (MIT) W Rinquest, BCom, HDE, BEd (Western Cape) S v Staden, BScocSci (UCT), BPA (Hons) (Stellenbosch) Cum Laude M Delport BCom (Western Cape) M Engel BAdmin (Hons) (Western Cape) C Pharoah, (Nat Dipl) (Cape Peninsula UT) N Nkohla BAdmin (Hons) (Western Cape) P Dibela, BCom (Western Cape), BAdmin (Hons) (Western Cape) 5

Administrative Assistants: Dean s Secretary: Dean s Administrative Assistant: Faculty Manager s Administrative Assistant: E Ndayishimiye BCom(Western Cape), BCom (Hons) IFS (Western Cape) S Van der Schyff J Voight L Naude Dip: Adult Education (Cape Town) LECTURING AND TECHNICAL STAFF (Departmental chairpersons are denoted with an asterisk (*) ACCOUNTING Professors: Extraordinary Professors: Associate Professor: Extraordinary Associate Professor: Senior Lecturers: P Lecturers: Administrative Officer: Academic Support Coordinator: L Loxton B.SC (Stellenbosch), B Acc (Hons) (Stellenbosch), MBA (South Africa), CA (SA) CJ Bakkes, MCompt (South Africa), CA (SA) WD Geach, BA (LLB) (Cape Town), MCom, CTA, FCIS, CA (SA), Admitted Advocate of the High Court of SA, Fellow of the University of Kwazulu Natal DI Garach, MCom(Taxation) (UDW), CA(SA) CJ de Villiers, MBA (US), PhD Commerce (UP), CA(SA) C Cairney, MCom, (Cape Town), MSc (UWE), CA (SA) O Mollagee, BCom (Hons Acc) (Western Cape), BCom (Hons) Taxation (Cape Town), CA (SA) AJ Saayman, BCompt (Hons) (South Africa), CA (SA) J Jansen, (BCom (Hons) Acc (Kwazulu Natal), CA (SA), MCom (Accounting Sciences) (UP) J Siebrits, BCom (Law), LLB (Stellenbosch), BCompt (Hons) (South Africa), CA (SA) P Hamel, BCom (Hons) (ACC) (RAU), CA (SA) J Pretorius, BCom (Hons) (Natal), MCom (NMMU), CA (SA) L Uys, MCom (Auditing) (Stellenbosch), CA (SA) E Hamel, BCom (Hons) (ACC) (RAU), MCom (Taxation) (RAU), Diploma Tertiary Education (UNISA) J Terblanche BCom (ACC) (US), BCom(Hons) (ACC) (Unisa), HDE (USO), MComm (Computer Auditing) (US), CA(SA) RG Arendse, BCom (Finance) (Western Cape), BCom (Hons) (Investments) (Western Cape), PGDE (Higher Education) (Cape Town) A Noordien, BCom (Hons) (Acc) (Western Cape) CA (SA) M Otto, BCom (Hons) (Acc) (Western Cape) CA (SA) E Pullen, BCom (Hons) (Acc) (Western Cape), CA (SA) G Adams, BCom (Hons) (ACC) (Western Cape), CA (SA) S Klein, PGDA(UCT), CA (SA) GF Steyn BCom (ACC) (UP), BCom (ACC) (Hons) (US) I Mohamed, BCom (Hons) (ACC), (UKZN), CA (SA) Z Mitchell, BCom (Hons) (ACC) (UWC), CA (SA) B Williams, BCom (ACC)(UWC), BCom(Hons)(UWC), CA (SA) D Alexander, PG Dip(Tax Law)(ACC), (Management) (UCT), CA (SA) Z Salie C Jacobs-Williams, BA (Psychology & Sociology) (UWC) 6

Marks Administrators: E Felaar, NCM (Cape Peninsula UT) S Couert, BCom (Western Cape) ADM (Postgraduate) (UWC) ACADEMIC DEVELOPMENT Extra-Ordinary Senior Lecturer: Teaching & Learning Specialist: Senior Lecturer : Lecturer: Assistant Lecturers: Administrative Officer: Marks Administrator: EXTENDED PROGRAMME Lecturers: MD NovemberBA (Hons) (Keele), MA (History) (London), MA (Teaching English as a Second Language) (UCLA), PhD (UCLA) *N Mashiyi BA (Hons), BEd (Unitra), MEd (ESL) (Rhodes), N.D Small Business Management (TSA), PhD (Education Policy Studies) (University of Pretoria) VF McGhie, BA (Western Cape), BA (Hons) (Linguistics) (Western Cape), MA (Linguistics) (Western Cape), Higher Diploma in Education (P/G) (Western Cape), Diploma in Public Relations Practice (Academy of Learning), PhD (Stellenbosch) L Ndesi, BTh (Western Cape), BA (Hons) (Western Cape), MTh (Western Cape) N Ayford, BCom (Western Cape) M de Maar, BCom (Western Cape) M Februarie, BAdmin (Western Cape) K Ramongane, BAdmin (Hons) (Western Cape) L Snyers, BCom (Western Cape) R May R Kriel G Thaver, BCom (Hons) (Western Cape) Dr D Desai, BSc (Cape Town), BSc (Hons) (Western Cape), B. Mus. (Mus.Lib.), M.Mus. (Mus. Ed.) (Cape Town), BEd (SA), PhD (Natal), H.D.L.S. (SA), H.E.D. (SA), L.T.C.L. L Llorente Quesada, B.Com (Honours) (UCLV); MCom (Western Cape), MA (Film and Media) (Cape Town) Summa Cum Laude R George, (BTh), BA (Hons) (Western Cape) E Muriro, BCom Accounting (Western Cape), BCompt (Hons) (South Africa), Advanced Certificate in Auditing (apt) K Mobarak - (Hons) (UWC), MCom (UWC Q Paulsen - Management and Finance (Hons) (UWC) E v d Ross, BCom (Hons) (Western Cape) P Moodley (B.PAED-PRIM ED) (UDW), (B.Ed Curriculum Studies English) (UDW), (Diploma in Ed Management), (RAU), (Masters in Education) (UWC). SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND FINANCE Director/Associate Professor: Mauerberger Chair in Finance: Professors: R Peters, BCom, BCom (Hons) (Western Cape), MBL (South Africa), PhD (Johannesburg) S Gool, BSc (Cape Town), BEcon Hons (Western Cape), MA Fin (UCalif), HED (South Africa), Chartered Financial Analyst P Hirschsohn, BBusSc (Cape Town), BCom (Hons) (South Africa), MSc (Oxon), PhD (MIT) 7

Associate Professor: Senior Lecturers: Lecturers: Secretary: Customer Relations Officer: Tutor Coordinator: Administrators: Administrative Assistant: F Herbst, Dcom (Pretoria), MCom (Pretoria), National Higher Diploma: Post School Education (Technikon SA), BCom (Hons) (UNISA), BCom (Pretoria) L De Vries, BCom (Hons), STD (Western Cape), MBA (Stellenbosch) Heng-Hsing Hsieh, PhD (Cape Town), MCom (UKZN), BCom (Hons) (UND) Cum Laude, BCom (UND) Summa Cum Laude, MIFM, Chartered Financial Analyst (CFA) K Hodnett, PhD (UCT), MCom (UKZN), BCom (Hons) (UND), Cum Laude, BCom (UND) P Brijlal, BSc, HDE (Natal), MBA (Durban Westville) W Brown BSc (UCT), MBA (Finance), (Manchester), PhD (Stellenbosch) EBH Isaacs, MCom (Western Cape) ER Mentoor, MCom (Western Cape) C Steyn, BA(USB), MPhil (USB), PhD (Pretoria), Certificate in Coaching Practice (USB). A Bayat, BA (Medina), BCom (Hons), MCom (Western Cape) M. Botha BCom, BCom (Hons) (Western Cape), (MCom) (UCT) G Caseley, BCom (Natal), BCom (Hons) (South Africa) Cum Laude, MBA (Witwatersrand) Cum Laude T Combrinck, HDE, Bed, BCom (Hons), MCom (Western Cape) P Saungweme, Dip Ed (UZim), B.Com (Hons) Mgmt & Finance (Midlands State), MBA (NUST (ZIM) L Svenson - BCom (Hons), MCom (Western Cape) G van Gensen, BA (UWC), MBA (Univ of Wales), BDA DTech (Cenral Uni of Technology) N Zumani Vacant Josias Hove BCom (University of Zimbabwe) D Arendse BTech (CPUT) M Orrie, ADM (Western Cape) F Petersen M Paulsen D Dowman BA (Western Cape) S James ENTREPRENEURSHIP DEVELOPMENT UNIT (EDU) Coordinator: Vacant AFRICAN CENTRE FOR CITIZENSHIP & DEMOCRACY (ACCEDE) Director/Professor: Administrator: L Thompson, BA (CAPE TOWN), BA (Hons), MA (Rhodes), PhD (Western Cape) Vacant 8

ECONOMICS Professors: Associate Professors: Senior Lecturers: Lecturers: Administrative Officers: Administrative Assistant: Secretary: Vacant Vacant E Makaudze, BSc (UZ), MSc (Agric Econ) (Texas A & M), MA (OSU), PhD (OSU) KCD Yu, BBA (South Africa), BEcon (Hons), MEcon (Stellenbosch), PhD (Stellenbosch) M Moses, BCom, BCom (Econ) (Hons), MCom (Econ) (Western Cape) A Bayat, BA (Cape Town), BEcon (Econ) (Hons) (Western Cape), MA (Econ) (William's College) C Christians, BSc (Physio) (Cape Town), BEcon (Hons) (Western Cape) C Dilgee (Postgraduate) C Arnold (Undergraduate) Z Duncan, BCom (UWC) N Mhlongo, BA (Cape Town), (PDOM) (Cape Town) INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY Professor: Associate Professor: Senior Lecturers: Lecturers: Marks Administrator: Secretary: F Abrahams, BEcon, BCom (Hons) (Cum Laude), MEcon (Western Cape), DCom (South Africa), Registered Industrial Psychologist with the Health Profession Council of South Africa (HPCSA) Vacant M du Plessis, BA (Stellenbosch), BA (Hons) (Stellenbosch) MA (Human Resource Management (Stellenbosch), PhD (Industrial Psychology) (UWC), Registered Industrial Psychologist (HPCSA)) K Heslop, BA (Hons) (Psychology UND), BAdmin (Hons) (Ind Relations); BAdmin (Hons) (Ind Psychology); MAdmin (Ind Psych), (Cum Laude) (UDW), Registered Industrial Psychologist (HPCSA), Registered Chartered Human Resource Practitioner (SABPP) B Mahembe, BSc (Hons) (UZ), BComm (Hons) (Industrial Psychology (UFH), MComm (Industrial Psychology) by dissertation (UFH), MComm (Psych) (US), PhD (Industrial Psychology) (US). R Jano, BCom (Hons), MCom (Western Cape), Registered Industrial Psychologist (HPCSA), D Hamman-Fisher, NDipl (HR and Bus Econ) (Cape Peninsula UT), BAdmin (Hons) (UWC), MA (UWC) R Oliver, BCom (Hons), MCom (UWC) F Jasson D Ferrus, BA, BA (Hons) (Western Cape) 9

INFORMATION SYSTEMS Professor: Senior Lecturers: Lecturers: Dept Administrator: Post-grad Administrator: Undergrad Administrator: Vacant *JK Njenga, BSc (Computer Science) (Nairobi); MCom (IM) (Western Cape), PhD (Western Cape) J Breytenbach, BCom Mathematics (US), MCom IT (UFS), PhD IS (UP) G Hearn BInst-Agrar Hons (Pretoria), BSc for (Silviculture) US (MSAIF) C van den berg, B.Com Marketing (UP), Masters in Business Administration (US), MPhil (US) F Petersen B.Com IS (UCT), B.Com IS (Hon)(UCT), M.Com IS (UWC) L Kimani, MCom (Western Cape), BCom (Hons) IS (Western Cape), BCom (Western Cape) S Viljoen, MTech (CUT) A Budree, MSc (Financial Economics) (University of London), BSc (Hons) (South Africa), BSc (IS) (UND) L Wildscut W Mwaba, BA (North West) A Mujawamilya, BCom (Western Cape), BCom (Hons) (Western Cape), MPhil (Population Studies) (Western Cape) LAW FACULTY Mercantile Law and Labour Law Head of Department: Professors: Senior Lecturers: Lecturers: Employment Law: Company Law: Social Security Law: Public Law: Prof. MS Wandrag, B Luris, LLM (Free State), LLM (Canbtab), Adv of High Court of SA D Du Toit, BA, LLB (Cape Town), LLD (Leiden), Prof Emeritus (Western Cape), Attorny of the High Court of SA ED Malherbe, BA, LLB, LLM (Stellenbosch), LLD (Western Cape) MS Wandrag, B Luris, LLB, LLM (Free State), LLM (Cantab), Adv of High Court of SA GF Kotze, BA, LLB, LLM (Stellenbosch), Adv of High Court of SA E Huysamen, LLB, LLM (Cum Laude) (Stellenbosch), Attorny of the High Court of SA P Koornhof BA, LLB, LLM (Stellenbosch), Attorny of the High Court of SA F Moosa, B Proc, LLB (Western Cape), LLM (Cape Town), Attorny of the High Court of SA P S Bolton, BProc, LLB, LLM (Western Cape), Advocate of the High Court of SA G F Kotze, BA, LLB, LLM (Stellenbosch), Advocate of the High Court of SA A von Zelewski, First & Second State Examinations in Law (Germany), Attorney of the High Court of SA B Conradie K Chinnian-Kester, BA, LLB, LLM (Western Cape) 10

POLITICAL STUDIES Professor: Extra-ordinary Senior Lecturer: Senior Lecturer Lecturer: Administrator: L Piper PhD (Cambridge) J Pretorius, PhD (Cambridge) B von Lieres, BA (Hons), MA (Witwatersrand), DPhil (University of Essex) C Africa (PhD) (Cape Town) JM Hoskins, BA; BProc, LLB, LLM (Western Cape) F Anciano PHd (University of London) N Matshanda, PHd (University of Edinburgh) Nadia Jansen GC van Rooyen, BAdmin (Hons) (Western Cape) MATHEMATICS AND APPLIED MATHEMATICS Dept Chairperson: Admin Assistant: Professors: Associate Professors: Extra-Ordinary Profs: Senior Lecturers: Lecturers: Senior Officer: Officers: Administrative Assistant: Prof RL Fray, MSc (Western Cape), MSc, (Stellenbosch), PhD (Stellenbosch) GL Hendricks, DipExSecr (Bellv Acad/Boston House) RL Fray, MSc (Western Cape), MSc (Stellenbosch), PhD (Stellenbosch) PJ Witbooi, MSc (Western Cape), PhD (Cape Town) F Benyah, PhD (Western Australia, Perth) J Key, MPHIL, PhD (London) N Marcus, BSc (Hons) (South Africa), PhD (Cape Town) E Mwambene, Drrernat (Vienna) K Patidar, PhD (IIT Kanpur, India) M Mdekazi, MSc (Wisconsin), MSc (Cape Town) MR Omar, HDE, PhD (Cape Town) W Fish, HDE, MSc (Math Ed) (South Africa), MSc (Cape Town), PhD (Western Cape) M Mohlala, PhD (Howard University) MG Salasa, BSc (Hons) (Western Cape) B May, BSc, HDE, Bed (Western Cape) A Taylor, BSc, HDE (Western Cape) F Karriem, MSc (Western Cape) J Wyngaardt, BSc(Hons)(Western Cape) GL Hendricks, (Dip EX Secr) (Bellv Acad/Boston House) STATISTICS Dept Chairperson: Admin Assistant: Professors: Associate Professor: Extraordinary Prof: Senior Lecturers: Prof RJ Blignaut, BSc (RAU), MSc (Cape Town), PhD (Pretoria) L Selbourne, BTh (Urbanium University-Rome) C Koen, PhD (Cape Town), PhD (Rand Afrikaans University) D Kotze, DCom (Stellenbosch), MSc (South Africa), MBL (South Africa) RJ Blignaut, BSc (RAU), MSc (Cape Town), PhD (Pretoria) R Shell, PhD (Yale) H Doctor, PhD, MA (Demography) (Pennsylvania University) G Tati, PhD (Univ of Bristol), DEA (Univ of Paris, Pantheon-Sorbonne), MSc (IFORD), Maitrise (Univ of Congo), Licence (Univ of Congo) 11

Lecturers: Chief Officers: Senior Officer: A Latief, MSc (Western Cape) N Stiegler, DEA, Institut d'etudes demographiques universté de Bordeaux Maitrise and Licence, Universté montesquieu Bordeaux IV N Makapela, MSc (Western Cape) L Corker, BSc (Hons), MCom (Western Cape), MSc (Cape Town) R Lombard, MSc (Western Cape) SCHOOL OF GOVERNMENT Director Associate Professor: Senior Lecturer: Admin Officer: Librarian: Training Division Manager: Administrator: Finance Manager: Administrator: P/G Programme Coordinator: Senior P/G Administrator: P/G Administrator: Associate Proffessor: Senior Lecturer U/G Programme Coordinator: U/G Programme Administrator: Fair Share Division Manager C. Tapscott, PhD (London), MSoc Sc (Birmingham), BSocSc (Hons), PA(UCT) G Ruiters, MA (Wits University), PhD (JohnsHopkins, USA) MV Esau, BAdmin (Hons), MAdmin, PhD (Western Cape) JJ Williams BA, BA (Hons), HED (Cum Laude),MA(UWC),MUP (Master of Planning), PhD (U Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, USA) I Ille, BEd (Hons) (University of Ibadan) (Nigeria), MPA, (University of the North), PhD (Public Affairs) (University of Pretoria) G Davids, PhD (Western Cape) F Hendricks, Secretarial Diploma (Todds Commercial College) N Seymour, BA (Western Cape) E Hamza, MAdmin (Public Administration) (US), BAdmin (Hons) (Western Cape) V Haywood, PGDG (Western Cape) A D Roman, MAdmin (Public Finance) (UWC), BCom (Hons) (Western Cape) BA (Western Cape), HDE (Western Cape) B Du Plessis, ADM (Western Cape), BCom (Hons) (Management) (Western Cape) L Pretorius, PGD in Econ, Adv Dipl in Educ, HDE, BA (Cape Town), MA (Cape Town), PhD (Western Cape) L Festers B Maart I Ille, Bed (Hons) (University of Ibadan) Nigeria, MPA, (University of the North), PhD (Public Affairs) (Pretoria) GJ Davids, BA (Western Cape), BA (Hons) Dev (Stellenbosch), Phd (Western Cape), PMD (Harvard), CIFE (IIAP-France) L Eyssen T Khaile, MA in Public Management (Witwatersrand), (Witwatersrand) MPhil Public Law (Western Cape) F Miso, BA, BA (Hons) MPA (Western Cape) L Petersen, HCED (Certificate) B Mtsotso, ADPA (Diploma) 12

INSTITUTE FOR POVERTY, LAND AND AGRARIAN STUDIES (PLAAS) DST/NRF Research Chair/Sen Prof: B Cousins, BA (South Africa), DPhil (Zim) Director /Prof: A du Toit, MA (Stellenbosch), PhD (Essex) Associate Professors: M Hara, MSc (Humberside), PhD (Western Cape) R Hall, BSocSc (Hons) (Cape Town), MPhil (Oxford) DPhil (Sussex) M Isaacs, MPhil, PhD (Western Cape) Senior Researcher: B Tapela, MA (Pretoria), MPhil (Western Cape) D Miller, MA, PhD (John Hopkins) G Paradza, MSc(Zim), PhD (Wageningen) D Neves, BA (Hons), MA (Rhodes) Researchers: C Hakizimana, BTh (Hons), MDevStud (KwaZulu-Natal) L Loate, BA (Western Cape), MPA (Pretoria) E Sulle, BA (Tanzania), M.Pub Policy (Maryland) A dub, MPhil (Western Cape) Research Iterns: M Ngubane, MA (Free State) A Okunlola, MA (Western Cape) D Chikazunga, MSc (Zimbabwe) B Ntwana, MPA (Western Cape) Administrative Manager: U Arends, BA (Hons), MA (Western Cape), Dip Adult Ed (Cape Town) Financial Manager: T Reddy, Dipl Fin Acc (Instit of Admin & Comm) Senior Finance Officer: F Oeja, Dip Fin Acc (Varsity College) D Delpaul, Nat Dipl (Internal Auditing), (Cape Peninsula UT) Information & Communications Officer: R Pointer, BJourn (Rhodes) Librarian: G Kerchhoff, BA (Natal), HDipl Lib& Info Sc (Cape Town) Senior Administrator: T Warries, Sec.Dipl (Maurice), Pub Rel Cert (Damelin) Senior Administrator: C Henry, BCom (Western Cape) Admin Officer: J van Dieman, BA (Wetsern Cape), Secr Dipl (Collingwood) B Malama, BA (Hons) (Weatern Cape) Senior Student Assistant: L Ncoliwe, BCom (Western Cape) INSTITUTE FOR SOCIAL DEVELOPMENT (ISD) Director: Extraordinary Professor: Senior Lecturers: Lecturer: DAAD Fellow: Administrative Officer: J May, B.Soc.Sci (UN), B.Soc.Sci (Hons) (UN), M.Soc.Sci (UN), PhD (UKZN) S Devereux, BA (UCT), MPhil, DPhil (Oxon) (Luca d Angliano Award for Development Research; Africa Studies Association Dissertation Prize) S P Penderis, PhD (UWC), MA (Cum Laude) (US), BA (Hons) (Cum Laude), BA (US) A Karriem, BA, BA (Hons) (UWC), M.R.P, PhD (Cornell) Adv N Kock, B-Iuris, LLB (UWC) C M Conradie, BA, BA (Hons) (Cum Laude) (Pretoria), MA (Cum Laude)(Western Cape), MPhil (Cum Laude) (US) M F Dinbaso, BSc, MA (UWC), MA (RUB), PhD (UWC) Vacant P M Kippie 13

AFRICAN CENTRE FOR CITIZENSHIP AND DEMOCRACY The African Centre for Citizenship & Democracy (ACCEDE) was established in 1990 to: Research and disseminate findings on southern African issues, particularly those of a social, economic, and political nature; Educate South Africans in regional and international relations through appropriate academic and Adult Education courses; Raise public awareness of southern African questions through conferences, symposia, and workshops. The ACCEDE s establishment was motivated by a concern that regional and international issues have traditionally been held outside the domain of South Africa s majority and that the history of domination, conflict, and aggression, which has characterised relations between South Africa and its neighbours in the past, requires: The conduct of research in South Africa relevant to the construction of a peace-oriented, nonmilitaristic, non-hegemonic cooperative order in southern Africa after apartheid. An analysis of current and future problems from the point of view of promoting a new type of regional role for a democratic South Africa. SCHOOL OF GOVERNMENT The mission of the School of Government at the University of the Western Cape is to contribute to the development of policies, institutions, and practices of democratic governance by means of: the production of appropriately educated and trained elected officials and administrators; the production of knowledge through research which will inform policy making in the spheres of governance and administration; the promotion of the values of democratic accountability, social equity, ethical conduct, transparency, responsiveness and representativeness as key dimensions of the process of political and administrative transformation in South Africa. to broaden the School s target groups to include a greater number of students, particularly black students and women, who possess practical experience not only in the public service but in other related sectors (NGOs, Unions, CBOs etc.); to give the School s programmes a more relevant practical orientation in addition to theoretical and descriptive understanding and knowledge; to introduce new forms of teaching and learning methodologies, that are innovative, interactive and experiential in focus, and designed to stimulate critical thinking and problem solving; and to use more varied and imaginative assessment procedures, designed to test practical skills and competencies as well as theoretical and descriptive knowledge. INSTITUTE FOR POVERTY, LAND AND AGRARIAN STUDIES (PLAAS) Vision and Mission PLAAS engages in research, training, policy development and advocacy in relation to land and agrarian reform, rural governance and natural resource management. PLAAS is committed to social change that empowers the poor, builds democracy, and enhances sustainable livelihoods. Gender equity is integral to these goals. PLAAS aims for rigour in its scholarship, excellence in its training, and effectiveness in its policy support and advocacy. It strives to play a critical yet constructive role in processes of social, economic, and political transformation. 14

FAIR SHARE Fair Share is a unit of the School of Government, at the University of the Western Cape. Within the School of Government s broad vision of fostering democratic and effective governance, Fair Share is the unit that works primarily within communities to assist civil society organisations to participate in municipal governance. The focus of our work is to strengthen the capacity of communities to participate effectively in municipal planning and budgeting processes. A meaningful participation of communities in municipal planning and budgeting processes has been a key focus of Fair Share s programmes since its inception. Through its two main programmes, i.e. Certificate in Economic Development and the Local Government Partnership Programme, Fair Share has developed various capacity building interventions for communities, community organisations, ward committees, municipal councillors, municipal officials and a broad range of non-governmental organisations. Programmes Local Economic Development (LED) The Local Economic Development Programme is line with the mission of the School of Government and in particular that of Fair Share which is aimed at strengthening the capacity of community leaders to play a meaningful role in local governance. It is presented as a qualification as well as separate stand alone course. The programme is at National Qualification Framework Level 5. Higher Certificate in Economic development (HCED) The HCED is an accredited programme offered at National Qualifications Framework Level 5. It was designed to meet the demand for street economists who are able to assist the organization s and communities to participate in economic development processes of their communities. The HCED strives to, in a focused and in-depth programme delivered over a period of one year. It utilizes contracted experienced facilitators from and outside Fair Share. The HCED is offered through both an on-site learning as well as a distance education model utilizing adult education principles and methods. A central aspect of the delivery is that participants are required to apply their learning in their community and organisational contexts. Participants are recruited from the Limpopo, KwaZulu-Natal, Eastern Cape, Western and North West provinces. Most of our participants are from community-based organizations, non-governmental organizations and from municipalities. To date, since 2003 177 students have participated in the CED. Research and Publications To ensure that our work is constantly responding to the changing needs in the various contexts where we work, on-going research is critical. The research agenda is thus shaped by the needs emerging from the various programmes and projects. Accordingly, publications are regularly produced to inform and educate ourselves and community organizations on matters of local government and broad range of social and economic development issues. Our main publication is Partnership in Action. This publication is used for among other things to share with our partners and communities the valuable insights and lessons we made from working with communities. It is produced quarterly and highlights our collective reflection of our work. 15

Advanced Diploma in Public Administration The ADPA is a South African Qualification Authority (SAQA) accredited qualification at National Qualifications Framework (NQF) level 6. The ADPA is aimed at those already working in government, municipalities and development organisations in South Africa and other developing countries. It is targeted in particular at those who aspire to advance to senior positions within govwernment, municipalities and development sectors. THE ENTREPRENEURSHIP DEVELOPMENT UNIT (EDU) The Entrepreneurship Development Unit (EDU) is located in the School of Business and Finance (SBF). The mission of the (EDU) is to promote enterprise development focusing on the small and medium enterprise (SME) sector, including building the capacity of existing businesses to take advantage of linkage opportunities within the local economy. Furthermore, through the provision of specific training and counselling support/consulting services, its goal is to equip entrepreneurs (both students and SME owners) to be able to manage more effectively and efficiently. The Unit seeks to work in partnership with organizations strategically placed to promote economic growth and development within the South African context. The specific aims are: to coordinate research, training and consulting which focuses on the sector to coordinate and grow a practical project for final year undergraduate students of the SBF which gives them the opportunity to earn credits by completing a project for a large firm or providing a business consultancy service to a small or micro enterprise to partner the SBF in developing and teaching a specialized entrepreneurship programme to aspirant entrepreneurs and SME owners to develop professionalize and grow their operations, enable graduates to work with NGO s, government, financial institutions in providing management, financial consultancy and other support to the SME sector. to provide consultancy services and develop sustainable relationships with the SME community to develop and present short courses to address particular SME organizational requirements and to develop, coordinate and teach a range of certificated courses and Entrepeneur Development Programmes, either as stand-alone programmes or in conjunction with other units in the Faculty. 16

RULES FOR PROGRAMMES BACHELOR OF ADMINISTRATION DEGREE - (BAdmin) (1011) (3yrs-f/time) D.1 ADMISSION Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree: Bachelor of Administration D.1.1 Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated from 2008 (a) The National Senior Certificate for Bachelor s Degree study with 4 designated subjects at a rating of 4, plus a score of no less than 30 points calculated according to the University s approved points system, as well as the following specific subject requirements: Level 4 (50-59%) in English (home or 1 st additional language). Level 3 (40-49%) in Another language (home or 1 st additional language) Level 3 (40-49%) in Mathematics or Level 5 (60-69%) in Mathematics Literacy D.1.2 Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated before 2008 (a) (b) No person shall be admitted as a candidate for the BAdmin degree unless he/she has obtained the Matriculation Certificate or an Exemption certificate thereof with an aggregate of at least a D (50%). OR A qualification or level of competence which the Senate of the University has deemed to be equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) above. D. 2 SELECTION As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure. D.3 DURATION Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over three years of full-time study. D.4 CURRICULUM D.4.1 Level 1 Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Group 1 Political Studies 131 POL131 15 Public Administration 131 PUA131 15 South African Politics and Government 132 GOV132 15 Academic Literacy for Commerce 131 ALC131 15 Information Systems 132 IFS132 15 17

Group 2 (select 1 module) Quantitative Literacy for Commerce 141 QLC141 15 Quantitative Skills for Comm. 131 QSC131 15 Electives (select 2 modules to the value of 30 credits) Financial Accounting 143 FIA143 15 Business Statistics 132 BUS132 15 Economics 134 (60% required to continue with ECO at 2nd level) ECO134 15 Industrial Psychology 132 IPS132 15 Principles of Business Management 132 MAN132 15 Statistics 142 STA142 15 Sub-total 120 D.4.2 Level 2 Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Political Studies 231 POL231 20 Political Studies 232 POL232 20 Public Administration 211 PUA211 10 Public Administration 212 PUA212 10 Public Administration 221 PUA221 10 Public Administration 222 PUA222 10 Electives (select 1 group) Group 1 Economics 231 ECO231 10 Economics 232 ECO232 10 Economics 233 ECO233 10 Economics 234 ECO234 10 Group 2 Industrial Psychology 231 IPS231 10 Industrial Psychology 232 IPS232 10 Industrial Psychology 233 IPS233 10 Industrial Psychology 234 IPS234 10 Group 3 Information Systems 231 IFS231 20 Information Systems 233 IFS233 20 Group 4 (Management) Marketing MAN231 10 Operations MAN233 10 Business Finance MAN234 10 Finance and Analytical Techniques MAN235 10 Group 5 (SME Management) Entrepreneurship - Starting a Small Business MAN201 10 Finance for Small and Medium Enterprises MAN206 10 Marketing MAN231 10 Operations MAN233 10 Sub-total 120 D.4.3 Level 3 Option 1 (select both groups) Module Name Alpha Code Cred Group 1 Political Studies 331 POL331 30 Political Studies 332 POL332 30 18

Group 2 Public Administration 311 PUA311 15 Public Administration 313 PUA313 15 Public Administration 321 PUA321 15 Public Administration 323 PUA323 15 Option 2 (select 1 group from option 1 and one group from option 2) Module Name Alpha Code Cred Group 1 (if not selected in option 1) Political Studies 331 POL331 30 Political Studies 332 POL332 30 Group 2 (if not selected in option 1) Public Administration 311 PUA311 15 Public Administration 313 PUA313 15 Public Administration 321 PUA321 15 Public Administration 323 PUA323 15 Group 3 Compulsory Economics 331 ECO331 15 Economics 332 ECO332 15 Electives (select 1 sub-group) Group 3.1 Economics 311 ECO311 15 Economics 335 ECO335 15 Group 3.2 Economics 334 ECO334 15 Economics 336 ECO336 15 Group 4 Industrial Psychology 331 IPS331 15 Industrial Psychology 333 IPS333 15 Industrial Psychology 335 IPS335 15 Industrial Psychology 337 IPS337 15 Group 5 Information Systems 361 IFS361 30 Information Systems 362 IFS362 30 Group 6 Strategic Management MAN304 15 Research and Communication for Business MAN314 15 Financial and Analytical Techniques MAN305 15 Financial Management MAN312 15 Group 7 Strategic Management MAN304 15 Research and Communication for Business MAN314 15 Services Marketing MAN303 15 Project Management MAN325 15 Sub-total 120 TOTAL 360 D.5 ASSESSMENT Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1 D.6 PROMOTION RULES Unless Senate decides otherwise and subject to rule A.3.2.3 or otherwise provided in Faculty rules: 19

D.6.1 Level 1 D.6.1.1 D.6.1.2 D.6.1.3 D.6.1.4 A student is required to pass at least 30 credits (to proceed) in the 1st year of registration and 90 credits per annum thereafter to be promoted. After one year of study, a student must have passed Academic Literacy for Commerce (ALC131/132) and Quantitative Literacy for Commerce (QLC141/142) or Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC131/132). A student shall be promoted to the 2nd year of study on obtaining at least 90 credits. After two years of study a student must have passed all 1st year level modules (120 credits) in order to promote. D.6.2 Level 2 D.6.2.1 D.6.2.2 A student shall be promoted to the 3rd year of study on obtaining at least 210 credits. After three years of study a student must have passed all 2nd year level modules in order to promote. D.6.3 Level 3 D.6.3.1 D.6.3.2 D.6.3.3 A student shall complete the degree once 360 credits are obtained and all the requirements for the degree are met. Final promotions are done according to the rules applicable to the degree at the date of first enrolment, provided that the student continues to promote. The latest rules applicable to the degree will be applied (the following year) when further admission was refused or when a student has interrupted his/her studies. D.7 ADVANCE REGISTRATION D.7.1 D.7.2 A student who has not promoted to the 2nd year of study shall not be allowed to register for more than 100 credits for the year, including all the outstanding 1st year credits, provided all the prerequisites and co-requisites are met. A student who has not promoted to the 3rd year of study shall not be allowed to register for more than 100 credits for the year, including all the outstanding 1st year credits, provided all the prerequisites and co-requisites are met. D.8 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION The renewal of registration will be governed by Rule A.3.2.3, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1 or otherwise provided in Faculty rules: D.9 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME D.9.1 D.9.2 D.9.3 No full-time student shall be allowed to enrol for more than 135 credits in any year of study; The total credit value may only exceed 360 with the permission of Senate; No student shall be allowed in any year of study to enrol for any combination of modules in which there are class and examination timetable clashes. 20

D.9.4 Transferring to BCom Degree The following requirements are compulsory for students wishing to change from the BAdmin to the BCom Degree: D.9.4.1 D.9.4.2 D.9.4.3 D.9.5 A pass in 75 of the 90 compulsory BAdmin 1st year credits Passed at least 105 credits in the first year of enrolment full-time or in two years part-time enrolment To register for Business Statistics 132 AND all remaining BCom modules in consultation with the curriculum advisor. Major Subjects Unless the Senate determines otherwise: D.9.5.1 D.9.5.2 Each curriculum shall have a minimum of 60 third year level credits in Public Administration or Political Studies and A minimum of 60 third year level credits from one of the following: Industrial Psychology Economics Political Studies and/or Public Administration Management or SME Management Information Systems D.9.5.3 D.9.6 D.9.7 Each curriculum must include at least two second year majors and one other second year level subject. No student shall be allowed to enrol for a module if this contravenes departmental prerequisite rules. To register for Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC 131/132) or Business Statistics (BUS131/132) a pass in one of the following is required: Level 4 (50-59%) in Mathematics or HG (40%) in Mathematics or SG (50%) in Mathematics D.9.8 D.9.9 D.9.10 D.9.11 D.9.12 D.9.13 To register for Economics (ECO133/134) a pass in QSC is required. ECO331, ECO332 and ECO311 are required for entry into Honours in Economics. If a particular module (providing it is not a compulsory module) has less than 15 students registered at the start of the academic year, the department has the authority to cancel that module. Students do not require a pass in Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC131/132) or Mathematics (MA126) to register for MAN231, 233, 201, and 206. SME Management is recommended for students planning on working for government agencies in advising or supporting SME s. Students who register for SME Management at 3 rd year level may not be able to continue to Honours level in Management. 21

BACHELOR OF ADMINISTRATION DEGREE - (BAdmin) (1018) (4yrs-p/time) D.10 ADMISSION Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree: Bachelor of Administration D.10.1 Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated from 2008 (a) The National Senior Certificate for Bachelor s Degree study with 4 designated subjects at a rating of 4, plus a score of no less than 30 points calculated according to the University s approved points system, as well as the following specific subject requirements: Level 4 (50-59%) in English (home or 1 st additional language). Level 3 (40-49%) in Another language (home or 1 st additional language) Level 3 (40-49%) in Mathematics or Level 5 (60-69%) in Mathematics Literacy D.10.2 Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated before 2008 (a) No person shall be admitted as a candidate for the BAdmin degree unless he/she has obtained the Matriculation Certificate or an Exemption certificate thereof with an aggregate of at least a D (50%). OR (b) A qualification or level of competence which the Senate of the University has deemed to be equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) above. D.11 SELECTION As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure. D.12 DURATION Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over four years of part-time study. D.13 CURRICULUM D.13.1 Level 1 Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Group 1 Academic Literacy for Commerce (ALC) 131 ALC131 15 Information Systems 132 IFS132 15 South African Politics and Government 132 GOV132 15 Group 2 (select 1 module) Quantitative Literacy for Commerce 141 QLC141 15 Quantitative Skills for Commerce 131(Maths Level 4 required) QSC131 15 Sub-total 60 22

D.13.2 Level 2 Module Name Compulsory Group 1 Political Studies 131 POL131 15 Public Administration 131 PUA131 15 Group 2 (select 1 module) Financial Accounting 141 FIA141 15 Economics 133 (60% required to continue with ECO at 2nd level) ECO133 15 Industrial Psychology 132 IPS132 15 Principles of Management 132 MAN132 15 Group 3 (select 1 module) Business Statistics 131 BUS131 15 Statistics 141 STA141 15 Sub-total 75 D.13.3 Level 3 Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Political Studies 231 POL231 20 Political Studies 232 POL232 20 Public Administration 211 PUA211 10 Public Administration 212 PUA212 10 Public Administration 221 PUA221 10 Public Administration 222 PUA222 10 Electives (select 1 group) Group 1 Economics 231 ECO231 10 Economics 232 ECO232 10 Economics 233 ECO233 10 Economics 234 ECO234 10 Group 2 Industrial Psychology 231 IPS231 10 Industrial Psychology 232 IPS232 10 Industrial Psychology 233 IPS233 10 Industrial Psychology 234 IPS234 10 Group 3 Information Systems 231 IFS 231 20 Information Systems 233 IFS233 20 Group 4 Marketing MAN231 10 Operations MAN233 10 Business Finance MAN234 10 Finance and Analytical Techniques MAN235 10 Sub-total 120 D.13.4 Level4 Option 1 (select both groups) Module Name Alpha Code Cred Group 1 Political Studies 331 POL331 30 Political Studies 332 POL332 30 Group 2 Public Administration 311 PUA311 15 Public Administration 313 PUA313 15 23

Public Administration 321 PUA321 15 Public Administration 323 PUA323 15 Option 2 (select 1 group from option 1 and one group from option 2) Module Name Alpha Code Cred Group 1 (if not selected in option 1) Political Studies 331 POL331 30 Political Studies 332 POL332 30 Group 2 (if not selected in option 1) Public Administration 311 PUA311 15 Public Administration 313 PUA313 15 Public Administration 321 PUA321 15 Public Administration 323 PUA323 15 Group 3 Compulsory Economics 331 ECO331 15 Economics 332 ECO332 15 Electives (select 2 modules) Economics 335 ECO335 15 Economics 311 (compulsory for Hons in ECO) ECO311 15 Economics 336 ECO336 15 Group 4 Industrial Psychology 331 IPS331 15 Industrial Psychology 333 IPS333 15 Industrial Psychology 335 IPS335 15 Industrial Psychology 337 IPS337 15 Group 5 Information Systems 361 IFS361 30 Information Systems 362 IFS362 30 Group 6 Strategic Management MAN304 15 Research and Communication for Business MAN314 15 Employee Management MAN324 15 Project Management MAN325 15 Sub-total 120 TOTAL 360 D.14 ASSESSMENT Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1 D.15 PROMOTION RULES Unless Senate decides otherwise and subject to rule A.3.2.3 or otherwise provided in Faculty rules: D.15.1 D.15.2 D.15.3 D.15.4 D.15.5 A student is required to pass at least 30 credits (to proceed) in the 1st year of registration and 60 credits per annum thereafter in order to promote. After two years of study, a student must have passed Academic Literacy for Commerce (ALC131/132) and Quantitative Literacy for Commerce (QLC141/142) or Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC131/132). After three years of enrolment passed all 1 st year level modules. After five years of enrolment passed all 2 nd year level modules. A student shall be promoted to the 2 nd year of study on obtaining at least 90 credits. 24

D.15.6 D.15.7 D.15.8 D.15.9 A student shall be promoted to the 3 rd year of study on obtaining at least 210 credits. A student shall complete the degree once 360 credits are obtained and all the requirements for the degree are met. Final promotions are done according to the rules applicable to the degree at the date of first enrolment, provided that the student continues to promote. The latest rules applicable to the degree will be applied when further admission was refused or when a student has interrupted his/her studies. D.16 ADVANCE REGISTRATION After Hours students will be allowed to register in advance, provided they meet the prerequisites and corequisites of the intended modules and provided that modules are offered after-hours in a particular academic year. D.17 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION The renewal of registration will be governed by Rule A.3.2.3, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1 or otherwise provided in Faculty rules: D.18 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME D.18.1 D.18.2 D.18.3 D.18.4 D.18.5 Part-time students may register for no more than 90 credits in any year or 50 more credits in a single semester. Each student should register for a minimum of 60 credits per annum in order to complete in the maximum period allowed; Part-time students may register for no more than 90 credits in any year or 50 more credits in a single semester. Students transferring from full-time studies are required to follow the curriculum offered during evening classes. Transferring to BCom Degree The following requirements are compulsory for students wishing to change from the BAdmin to the BCom Degree: D.18.5.1 D.18.5.2 D.18.5.3 D.18.6 A pass in 75 of the 90 compulsory BAdmin 1st year credits Passed at least 105 credits in the first year of enrolment full-time or in two years part-time enrolment To register for Business Statistics 132 AND all remaining BCom modules in consultation with the curriculum advisor. Major Subjects Unless the Senate determines otherwise: D.18.6.1 Each curriculum shall have a minimum of 60 third year level credits in Public Administration or Political Studies and 25

D.18.6.2 A minimum of 60 third year level credits from one of the following: Industrial Psychology Economics Political Studies and/or Public Administration Management Information Systems D.18.6.3 Each curriculum must include at least two second year majors and one other second year level subject. D.18.7 D.18.8 No student shall be allowed to enrol for a module if this contravenes departmental prerequisite rules. To register for Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC) 131/132 or Business Statistics a pass in one of the following is required: Level 4 (50-59%) in Mathematics or HG (40%) in Mathematics or SG (50%) in Mathematics D.18.9 D.18.10 D.18.11 To register for Economics (ECO133/134) a pass in Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC131/132) is required. ECO331, ECO332 and ECO311 are required for entry into Honours in Economics. If a particular module (providing it is not a compulsory module) has less than 15 students registered at the start of the academic year, the department has the authority to cancel that module. 26

BACHELOR OF COMMERCE DEGREE - (BCom) (1008) (3 yrs- full-time) D.19 ADMISSION Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree: Bachelor of Commerce D.19.1 Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated from 2008 (a) The National Senior Certificate for Bachelor s Degree study with 4 designated subjects at a rating of 4, plus a score of no less than 30 points calculated according to the University s approved points system, as well as the following specific subject requirements: Level 4 (50-59%) in English (home or 1 st additional language). Level 3 (40-49%) in Another language (home or 1 st additional language) Level 4 (50-59%) in Mathematics D.19.2 Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated before 2008 (a) Candidates must have obtained a Matriculation Certificate or an exemption certificate thereof or an equivalent qualification with an aggregate of at least a C (60%) with the following subject requirements: HG (40%, E symbol) Mathematics or SG (60%, C symbol) Mathematics and (b) OR A qualification or level of competence which the Senate of the University has deemed to be equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) above. D.20 SELECTION As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure. D.21 DURATION Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over three years of full-time study. D.22 CURRICULUM D.22.1 Level 1 Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Group 1 (select all modules) Academic Literacy for Commerce (ALC) 131 ALC131 15 Business Statistics 132 BUS132 15 Financial Accounting 141 FIA141 15 Information Systems 131 IFS131 15 Principles of Business Management 131 MAN131 15 Group 2 (select 1 sub-group) Group 2.1 Economics 134 (60% required to continue with ECO at 2nd year level) ECO134 15 27

Group 2.2 (select both modules to continue with ECO at 2nd year level) Microeconomics 141 ECO141 10 Macroeconomics 142 ECO142 10 Group 3 (select 1 module) Quantitative Skills for Commerce 131 QSC131 15 Mathematics 126 (EMS) MAM126 10 Electives (select 1 module) Students who choose MAM126 and FIA142 are required to choose 2 electives) Industrial Psychology 132 IPS132 15 Financial Accounting 142 FIA142 10 Mercantile Law 102 MER102 15 Statistics 121 (only for students wishing to major in Statistics) STA121 15 Sub-total 115-130 D.22.2 Level 2 Compulsory - (Select 3 groups to the value of 40 credits each) Alpha Code Cred Group 1 Financial Accounting 241 FIA241 20 Financial Accounting 242 FIA242 20 Group 2 Economics 231 ECO231 10 Economics 232 ECO232 10 Economics 234 ECO234 10 Econometrics 242 ECO242 10 Group 3 Internal Auditing 241 AUD241 10 Internal Auditing 242 AUD242 10 Management Accounting 241 MAC241 10 Financial Management 242 FIM242 10 Group 4 Industrial Psychology 231 IPS231 10 Industrial Psychology 232 IPS232 10 Industrial Psychology 233 IPS233 10 Industrial Psychology 234 IPS234 10 Group 5 Information Systems 231 IFS231 20 Information Systems 233 IFS233 20 Group 6 Marketing MAN231 10 Operations MAN233 10 Business Finance MAN234 10 Finance and Analytical Techniques MAN235 10 Group 7 Statistics 211 STA211 20 Statistics 221 STA221 20 Group 8 (select 1 sub-group) Group 8.1 Mercantile Law 221 MCR221 10 Business Ethics 242 BET242 10 Company Law 211 CPL211 10 Taxation 242 TAX242 10 28

Group 8.2 Business Analysis201 BSA201 10 Business Analysis203 BSA203 10 Business Analysis 204 BSA204 10 Business Analysis 202 BSA202 10 Sub-total 120 D.22.3 Level 3 Module Name - Select 2 groups (majors) (2 X 60 = 120) Alpha Code Cred Group 1 Compulsory Economics 331 ECO331 15 Economics 332 ECO332 15 Electives (select 1 sub-group) Group1.1 Economics 311 ECO311 15 Economics 335 ECO335 15 Group 1.2 (Students selecting this group will not qualify for admission to Honours) Economics 334 ECO334 15 Economics 336 ECO336 15 Group 2 (Finance) Investment Management MAN307 15 Investment Analysis MAN308 15 Financial and Analytical Techniques MAN305 15 Financial Management MAN312 15 Group 3 Financial Accounting 341 FIA341 30 Financial Accounting 342 FIA342 30 Group 4 Industrial Psychology 331 IPS331 15 Industrial Psychology 333 IPS333 15 Industrial Psychology 335 IPS335 15 Industrial Psychology 337 IPS337 15 Group 5 (Management) Research and Communication for Business MAN314 15 Strategic Management MAN304 15 Elective (select 2 of) Financial and Analytical Techniques MAN305 15 Project Management MAN325 15 Services Marketing MAN303 15 Group 6 (Finance) Research and Communication for Business MAN314 15 Strategic Management MAN304 15 Financial and Analytical Techniques MAN305 15 Financial Management MAN312 15 Group 7 (Insurance) Compulsory Long Term Insurance IST310 15 Short Term Insurance IST309 15 Electives (Select 2 of) Investment Management AND MAN307 15 Investment Analysis MAN308 15 OR Services Marketing AND MAN303 15 Project Management MAN325 15 29

Group 8 (Select 2 modules with the assistance of STA HOD) Statistics 331 STA331 30 Statistics 332 STA332 30 Statistics 333 STA333 30 Group 9 Information Systems 361 IFS361 30 Information Systems 362 IFS362 30 Group 10 Management Accounting 341 MAC341 15 Financial Management 342 FIM342 15 Taxation 343 TAX343 30 Sub-total 120 Total 355-370 D.23 ASSESSMENT Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1 D.24 PROMOTION RULES Unless Senate decides otherwise and subject to rule A.3.2.3 or otherwise provided in Faculty rules. D.24.1 Level 1 D.24.1.1 D.24.1.2 D.24.1.3 D.24.1.4 A student is required to pass at least 30 credits in the 1st year of registration and 90 credits per annum thereafter (students are alerted that the cumulative credits are valid and that the 90 credits per annum are a guide for guaranteed promotion). After one year of study, a student must have passed Academic Literacy for Commerce (ALC131/132) and Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC131/132) or MAM126. A student shall be promoted to the 2nd year of study on obtaining at least 90 credits. After two years of study a student must have passed all 1st year level modules in order to promote. D.24.2 Level 2 D.24.2.1 D.24.2.2 A student shall be promoted to the 3rd year of study on obtaining at least 210 credits. After three years of study a student must have passed all 2nd year level modules in order to promote. D.24.3 Level 3 D.24.3.1 D.24.3.2 D.24.3.3 A student shall complete the degree once 355-370 credits are obtained and all the requirements for the degree are met. Final promotions are done according to the rules applicable to the degree at the date of first enrolment, provided that the student continues to promote. The latest rules applicable to the degree will be applied (the following year) when further admission was refused or when a student has interrupted his/her studies. 30

D.25 ADVANCE REGISTRATION D.25.1 D.25.2 A student who has not promoted to the 2nd year of study shall not be allowed to register for more than 100 credits for the year, which shall include all the outstanding 1st year credits, provided all the prerequisites and co-requisites are met. A student who has not promoted to the 3rd year of study shall not be allowed to register for more than 100 credits for the year, which shall include all the outstanding 1st and 2nd year credits, provided all the prerequisites and co-requisites are met. D.26 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.3.2.3, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1 or otherwise provided in faculty rules. D.27 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME D.27.1 D.27.2 D.27.3 D.27.4 D.27.5 D.27.6 D.27.7 No full-time student shall be allowed to enrol for more than 135 credits in any year of study;. The total credit value may only exceed 360 with the permission of Senate; No student shall be allowed in any year of study to enrol for any combination of modules in which there are class and examination timetable clashes. Only students with Level 5 or HG (60%-C symbol) or SG (80%- A symbol) in mathematics may register for Mathematics (MAM126). Students who fail Academic Literacy for Commerce (ALC131) and/or Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC132) or Mathematics (MAM126) in the 1 st semester must repeat and pass Academic Literacy for Commerce (ALC132) and/or Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC132) in the 2 nd semester of 1 st year to qualify for re-admission to 2 nd year. No student shall be allowed to enrol for a module if this contravenes departmental prerequisite rules. To register for Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC131/132) or Business Statistics (BUS131/132) a pass in one of the following is required: Level 4 (50-59%) in Mathematics or HG (40%) in Mathematics or SG (50%) in Mathematics D.27.8 D.27.9 D.27.10 To register for Economics (ECO133/134) a pass in Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC131/132) or MAM126 or QSA131 or QSF141 is required ECO331, ECO332 and ECO311 are required for entry into Honours in Economics If a particular module (providing it is not a compulsory module) has less than 15 students registered at the start of the academic year, the department has the authority to cancel that module. 31

BACHELOR OF COMMERCE DEGREE - (BCom) (1101) (After-hours) D.28 ADMISSION Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree: Bachelor of Commerce D.28.1 Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated from 2008 (a). The National Senior Certificate for Bachelor s Degree study with 4 designated subjects at a rating of 4, plus a score of no less than 30 points calculated according to the University s approved points system, as well as the following specific subject requirements: Level 4 (50-59%) in English (home or 1 st additional language). Level 3 (40-49%) in Another language (home or 1 st additional language) Level 4 (50-59%) in Mathematics D.28.2 Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated before 2008 (a) Candidates must have obtained a Matriculation Certificate or an exemption certificate thereof or an equivalent qualification with an aggregate of at least a C (60%) with the following subject requirements: HG (40%, E symbol) Mathematics or SG (50%, D symbol) Mathematics and OR (b) A qualification or level of competence which the Senate of the University has deemed to be equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) above. D.29 SELECTION As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure. D.30 DURATION Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over four years of part-time study. D.31 CURRICULUM D.31.1 Level 1 Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Academic Literacy for Commerce (ALC) 131 ALC131 15 Information Systems 132 IFS132 15 Quantitative Skills for Commerce 131 QSC131 15 Principles of Business Management 132 MAN132 15 Sub-total 60 32

D.31.2 LEVEL 2 Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Financial Accounting 141 FIA141 15 Business Statistics 131 BUS131 15 Economics 133 (60% Required to continue with Eco at 2nd Level ) ECO133 15 Electives (Select 1 Module) Industrial Psychology 132 IPS132 15 Financial Accounting 142 (Offered Every Alternate Year From 2014) FIA142 10 SUB-TOTAL 60 D.31.3 Level 3 Module Name (Select 3 Groups To The Value Of 40 Credits Each) Alpha Code Cred Group 1 (Offered Every Alternate Year From 2015) Financial Accounting 241 FIA241 20 Financial Accounting 242 FIA242 20 Group 2 Economics 231 ECO231 10 Economics 232 ECO232 10 Economics 233 ECO233 10 Economics 234 ECO234 10 Group 3 Industrial Psychology 231 IPS231 10 Industrial Psychology 232 IPS232 10 Industrial Psychology 233 IPS233 10 Industrial Psychology 234 IPS234 10 Group 4 Marketing MAN231 10 Operations MAN233 10 Business Finance MAN234 10 Finance And Analytical Techniques MAN235 10 Group 5 Information Systems 231 IFS231 20 Information Systems 233 IFS233 20 SUB-TOTAL 120 D.31.4 LEVEL 4 Module Name - Select 2 Groups (Majors) (2 X 60 = 120) Alpha Code Cred Group 1 (See Honours Requirements) Compulsory Economics 331 ECO331 15 Economics 332 ECO332 15 Electives (Choose 2 Modules) Economics 311 ECO311 15 Economics 336 ECO336 15 International Economics 335 ECO335 15 Group 2 Compulsory Research And Communication For Business MAN314 15 Strategic Management MAN304 15 Electives (Select 2 Modules) Financial And Analytical Techniques MAN305 15 Financial Management MAN312 15 Employee Management MAN324 15 33

Project Management MAN325 15 Group 3 Investment Management MAN307 15 Investment Analysis MAN308 15 Short Term Insurance IST309 15 Long Term InsurancE IST310 15 Group 4 Industrial Psychology 331 IPS331 15 Industrial Psychology 333 IPS333 15 Industrial Psychology 335 IPS335 15 Industrial Psychology 337 IPS337 15 Group 5 Information Systems 361 IFS361 30 Information Systems 362 IFS362 30 SUB-TOTAL 120 TOTAL 360 D.32 ASSESSMENT Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1 D.33 PROMOTION RULES Unless Senate decides otherwise and subject to rule A.3.2.3 or otherwise provided in Faculty rules. D.33.1 D.33.2 D.33.3 A student is required to pass at least 30 credits in the 1st year of registration and 60 credits per annum thereafter. After two years of study, a student must have passed Academic Literacy for Commerce (ALC131/132) and Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC131/132). After three years of enrolment a student must have passed all 1 st and 2 nd year level modules. D.33.4 After five years of enrolment a student must have passed all 3 rd year level modules. D.33.5 D.33.6 D.33.7 D.33.8 D.33.9 A student shall be promoted to level 3 on obtaining at least 90 credits. A student shall be promoted to level 4 on obtaining at least 210 credits. A student shall complete the degree once 360 credits are obtained and all the requirements for the degree are met. Final promotions are done according to the rules applicable to the degree at the date of first enrolment, provided that the student continues to promote. The latest rules applicable to the degree will be applied when further admission was refused or when a student has interrupted his/her studies. D.34 ADVANCE REGISTRATION After-hours students will be allowed to register in advance, provided they meet the prerequisites and co- requisites of the intended modules, and provided that modules are offered after- hours in a particular academic year. D.35 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.3.2.3, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1 or otherwise provided in the Faculty rules. 34

D.36 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME D.36.1 D.36.2 D.36.3 D.36.4 D.36.5 D.36.6 After-hours students may not register for more than 90 credits in any year or 50 credits in a single semester. The total credit value may only exceed 360 with the permission of Senate; No student shall be allowed in any year of study to enrol for any combination of modules in which there are class and examination timetable clashes. Students who fail Academic Literacy for Commerce (ALC131) and/or Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC131) in the 1 st semester must repeat and pass Academic Literacy for Commerce (ALC132) and/or Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC132) to proceed with studies. No student shall be allowed to enrol for a module if this contravenes departmental prerequisite rules. To register for Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC131/132) or Business Statistics (BUS131/132) a pass in one of the following is required: Level 4 (50-59%) in Mathematics or HG (40%) in Mathematics or SG (50%) in Mathematics D.36.7 D.36.8 D.36.9 To register for Economics (ECO133/134) a pass in Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC131/132) is required. ECO331, ECO332 and ECO311 are required for entry into Honours in Economics If a particular module (providing it is not a compulsory module) has less than 15 students registered at the start of the academic year, the department has the authority to cancel that module. 35

BACHELOR OF COMMERCE DEGREE (EXTENDED CURRICULUM) BCom (1751) (4 yrs-full time) D.37 ADMISSION Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree: Bachelor of Commerce D.37.1 Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated from 2008 (a) The National Senior Certificate for Bachelor s Degree study with 4 designated subjects at a rating of 4, plus a score of no less than 30 points calculated according to the University s approved points system, as well as the following specific subject requirements: Level 3 (40-49%) in English (home or 1 st additional language). Level 3 (40-49%) in Another language (home or 1 st additional language) Level 3 (40-49%) in Mathematics or Level 5 (60-69%) in Mathematics Literacy D.37.2 Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated before 2008 (a) Candidates must have obtained a Matriculation Certificate or an exemption certificate thereof or an equivalent qualification with an aggregate of at least a D (50%) with the following subject requirements: HG (40%, E symbol) Mathematics or SG (50%, D symbol) Mathematics and OR (b) A qualification or level of competence which the Senate of the University has deemed to be equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) above. D.38 SELECTION As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure. D.39 DURATION Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over four years of full-time study. D.40 CURRICULUM D.40.1 Level 1 D.40.1.1 Students who passed Mathematics (Level 3 or better) Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Academic Literacy for Business 131 ALB131 15 Introduction to the Economy and Business 133 IEB133 15 Quantitative Skills Foundation 131 QSF131 15 Introduction to SA Accounting 130 ACC130 15 Introduction to Information Systems 131 IFS131 15 Academic Literacy for Commerce 132 ALC132 15 Principles of Business Management 132 MAN132 15 Quantitative Skills for Commerce 132 QSC132 15 Sub-total 120 36

D.40.1.2 Students who passed Maths Literacy (Level 5 or better) Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Academic Literacy for Business 131 ALB131 15 Introduction to the Economy and Business 133 IEB133 15 Quantitative Literacy for Commerce 141 QLC141 15 Quantitative Skills Foundation 132 QSF132 15 Introduction to Information Systems 131 IFS131 15 Academic Literacy for Commerce 132 ALC132 15 Principles of Business Management 132 MAN132 15 Industrial Psychology 132 IPS132 15 Sub-total 120 D.40.2 Level 2 D.40.2.1 Students who passed Mathematics (Level 3 or better) Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Group 1 Intensive Reading and Writing IRF231 15 Analytical and Critical Thinking 1 ACF231 15 Analytical and Critical Thinking 2 ACF232 15 Financial Accounting 141 FIA141 15 Business Statistics 132 BUS132 15 Group 2 (select 1 sub-group) Group 2.1 Economics 133 (60% required to continue with ECO at 2nd level) ECO133 15 Group 2.2 Micro-Economics 141 ECO141 10 Macro-Economics 142 ECO142 10 Group 3 (Select 1 module) Quantitative Analysis for Commerce QAC231 15 South African Politics and Government 132 GOV132 15 Group 4 (select 1 module) Industrial Psychology 132 IPS132 15 Mathematics 126 MAM126 10 Mercantile Law 102 MER102 15 Financial Accounting 142 FIA142 10 Sub-total 120 D.40.2.2 Students who passed Maths Literacy (Level 5 or better) Module Name Alpha Code Cred Group 1 Intensive Reading and Writing IRF231 15 Introduction to SA Accounting 133 ACC133 15 Analytical and Critical Thinking 1 ACF231 15 Quantitative Skills for Commerce 131 QSC131 15 Financial Accounting 143 FIA143 15 Economics 134 (60% required to continue with ECO at 2nd level) ECO134 15 Business Statistics 132 BUS132 15 Group 2 (select 1 module) Quantitative Analysis for Commerce 231 QAC231 15 South African Politics and Government 132 GOV132 15 Analytical and Critical Thinking 2 ACF232 15 Sub-total 120 37

D.40.3 Level 3 Module Name (select 3 groups) Alpha Code Cred Group 1 Financial Accounting 241 FIA241 20 Financial Accounting 242 FIA242 20 Group 2 Economics 231 ECO231 10 Economics 232 ECO232 10 Economics 234 ECO234 10 Econometrics 242 ECO242 10 Group 3 Internal Auditing 241 AUD241 10 Internal Auditing 242 AUD242 10 Management Accounting 241 MAC241 10 Financial Management 242 FIM242 10 Group 4 Industrial Psychology 231 IPS231 10 Industrial Psychology 232 IPS232 10 Industrial Psychology 233 IPS233 10 Industrial Psychology 234 IPS234 10 Group 5 Information Systems 231 IFS231 20 Information Systems 233 IFS233 20 Group 6 Compulsory Marketing MAN231 10 Operations MAN233 10 Electives (select 1 sub group) Group 6.1 (Management) Business Finance MAN234 10 Finance and Analytical Techniques MAN235 10 Group 6.2 (SME Management) Entrepreneurship - Starting a Small Business MAN201 10 Finance for Small and Medium Enterprises MAN206 10 Group 7 Statistics 211 STA211 20 Statistics 221 STA221 20 Group 8 Mercantile Law 221 MCR221 10 Business Ethics 242 BET242 10 Company Law 211 CPL211 10 Taxation 242 TAX242 10 Sub-total 120 D.40.4 Level 4 Option A Select 2 groups (majors) (2 X 60 = 120) Module Name Alpha Code Cred Group 1 Compulsory Economics 331 ECO331 15 Economics 332 ECO332 15 Electives (select 1 of 2 sub-groups) Group 1.1 Economics 311 ECO311 15 International Economics 335 ECO335 15 38

Group 1.2 (students selecting this group will not qualify for admission to Honours) Economics 336 ECO336 15 Economics 334 ECO334 15 Group 2 Investment Management MAN307 15 Investment Analysis MAN308 15 Financial and Analytical Techniques MAN305 15 Financial Management MAN312 15 Group 3 Financial Accounting 341 FIA341 30 Financial Accounting 342 FIA342 30 Group 4 Industrial Psychology 331 IPS331 15 Industrial Psychology 333 IPS333 15 Industrial Psychology 335 IPS335 15 Industrial Psychology 337 IPS337 15 Group 5 Research and Communication for Business MAN314 15 Strategic Management MAN304 15 Elective (select 2 of) Financial and Analytical Techniques MAN305 15 Services Marketing MAN303 15 Project Management MAN325 15 Group 6 Research and Communication for Business MAN314 15 Strategic Management MAN304 15 Financial and Analytical Techniques MAN305 15 Financial Management MAN312 15 Group 7 (Insurance) Compulsory Long Term Insurance IST310 15 Short Term Insurance IST309 15 Electives (Select 2 of) Investment Management AND MAN307 15 Investment Analysis MAN308 15 OR Services Marketing AND MAN303 15 Project Management MAN325 15 Group 8 (select 2 modules in consultation with the STA HOD) Statistics 331 STA331 30 Statistics 332 STA332 30 Statistics 333 (optional) STA333 30 Group 9 Information Systems 361 IFS361 30 Information Systems 362 IFS362 30 Group 10 Management Accounting 341 MAC341 15 Financial Management 342 FIM342 15 Taxation 343 TAX343 30 Sub-total 120 TOTAL 480 39

D.41 ASSESSMENT Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1 D.42 PROMOTION RULES Unless Senate decides otherwise and subject to rule A.3.2.3 or otherwise provided in the Faculty rules. D.42.1 D.42.2 D.42.3 D.42.4 D.42.5 D.42.6 D.42.7 D.42.8 D.42.9 D.42.10 D.42.11 A student is required to pass at least 60 credits in the 1 st year of registration and 90 credits per annum thereafter. After one year of study, a student must have passed Academic Literacy for Business (ALB131/132) and Quantitative Literacy for Commerce (QLC141/142) or Quantitative Skills Foundation (QSF131/132) A student shall be promoted to the 2 nd year of study on obtaining at least 90 credits including Academic Literacy for Business (ALB131/132) and Quantitative Literacy for Commerce (QLC141/142) or Quantitative Skills Foundation (QSF131/132). A student shall be promoted to the 3 rd year of study on obtaining at least 210 credits. A student shall be promoted to the final year of study on obtaining at least 330 credits. A student shall complete the degree once 480 credits are obtained and all the requirements for the degree are met. Final promotions are done according to the rules applicable to the degree at the date of first enrolment, provided that the student continues to promote. The latest rules applicable to the degree will be applied (the following year) when further admission was refused or when a student has interrupted his/her studies. After 2 years of study a student must have passed all 1st year level modules After 3 years of study a student must have passed all 2nd year level modules After 5 years of study a student must have passed all 3rd year level modules D.43 ADVANCE REGISTRATION D.43.1 D.43.2 D.43.3 A student who has not promoted to the 2 nd year of study shall not be allowed to register for more than 100 credits for the year, which shall include all the outstanding 1 st year credits, provided all the prerequisites and co-requisites are met. A student who has not promoted to the 3 rd year of study shall not be allowed to register for more than 100 credits for the year, which shall include all the outstanding 1st year credits, provided all the prerequisites and co-requisites are met. A student who has not promoted to the 4 th year of study shall not be allowed to register for more than 100 credits for the year, with shall include all the outstanding 1st year credits, provided all the prerequisites and co-requisites are met. D.44 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.3.2.3, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1 or otherwise provided in the Faculty rules. 40

D.45 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME D.45.1 D.45.2 D.45.3 D.45.4 D.45.5 D.45.6 B.45.7 D.45.8 D.45.9 D.45.10 Students who passed the pre-enrolment exam for Quantitative Skills Foundation (QSF) before the start of the academic year will enrol for Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC131) and Business Statistics (BUS132). No module needs to be taken in place of QSF131. Students who failed Quantitative Skills Foundation (QSF131) and/or Academic Literacy for Business (ALB131) must register for and pass Quantitative Skills Foundation (QSF132) and Academic Literacy for Business (ALB132) in the 2 nd semester to qualify for re-admission for a 2 nd year of enrolment. Students must have passed all 1 st year level modules by the end of the 2 nd year to qualify for readmission for the 3 rd year of enrolment. Students who passed the pre-enrolment exam for Quantitative Literacy for Commerce (QLC) before the start of the academic year will follow the curriculum under D.40.1.1 Students who passed Quantitative Literacy for Commerce (QLC141) (at first attempt) with a final mark of at least 70% need not enrol for QSF131/132 and should register for Introduction to SA Accounting (ACC130) and Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC132) in the 2 nd semester. If such student passes Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC132) at the first attempt, s/he shall follow the curriculum under D.40.2.1 in the 2 nd year of enrolment. Students are advised that it in their best interest to register for Quantitative Skills Foundation (QSF) thereby setting a better foundation for Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC). Students who failed Quantitative Literacy for Commerce (QLC141) and/or Academic Literacy for Business (ALB131) must register for and pass Quantitative Literacy for Commerce (QLC132) and/or Academic Literacy for Business (ALB132) in the 2 nd semester to qualify for readmission for the 2 nd year of enrolment. Students who fail (Introduction to the Economy and Business (IEB133) or Intensive Reading and Writing (IRF231) and Analytical and Critical Thinking (ACF231) must repeat these modules in the following semester. Students must have passed all Foundation modules by the end of the 3 rd year of enrolment to qualify for readmission. Students who transfer from B Com ACC (ECP) programme to BCom (ECP) programme, such students: a) Will be exempted from QSF 131 if they already passed QSA131 or QSC131/132 b) Will be exempted from IEB 133 if they have already passed both ECO 134/133 and MAN 131/132 c) Will receive 15 credits towards their degree and will be required to pass GOV132. Students who transfer from BCom Accounting (ECP) and fail Quantitative Skills for Accounting (QSA131) and Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC132) should register for QSF131 in the following year. 41

BACHELOR OF COMMERCE (FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING) - (BCom) (Fin Acc) (1175) (3 years full time) D.46 ADMISSION Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree: Bachelor of Commerce (Financial Accounting) D.46.1 Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated from 2008 (a) The National Senior Certificate for Bachelor s Degree study with 4 designated subjects at a rating of 4, plus a score of no less than 30 points calculated according to the University s approved points system, as well as the following specific subject requirements: Level 4 (50-59%) in English (home or 1 st additional language). Level 3 (40-49%) in Another language (home or 1 st additional language) Level 4 (50-59%) in Mathematics D.46.2 Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated before 2008 (a) Candidates must have obtained a Matriculation Certificate or an exemption certificate thereof or an equivalent qualification with an aggregate of at least a D (50%) with the following subject requirements: HG (40%, E symbol) Mathematics or SG (50%, D symbol) Mathematics and OR (b) A qualification or level of competence which the Senate of the University has deemed to be equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) above. D.47 SELECTION As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure. D.48 DURATION Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over three years Full-time study. D.49 CURRICULUM D.49.1 Level 1 Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Financial Accounting 141 FIA141 15 Financial Accounting 142 FIA142 10 Business Statistics 132 BUS132 15 Principles of Business Management 131 MAN131 15 Mercantile Law 102 MER102 15 Information Systems 132 IFS132 15 Academic Literacy for Commerce 131 ALC131 15 42

Electives - Select 1 group Group 1 (not offered in 2015) Quantitative Skills for Finance 141 QSF141 10 Economics 141 ECO141 10 Economics 142 ECO142 10 Group 2 Quantitative Skills for Commerce 131 QSC131 15 Principles of Economics 134 (60% required to continue with ECO at 2nd level) ECO134 15 Sub-total 130 D.49.2 Level 2 Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Financial Accounting 241 FIA241 20 Financial Accounting 242 FIA242 20 Management Accounting 241 MAC241 10 Auditing 241 AUD241 10 Auditing 242 AUD242 10 Company Law 211 CPL211 10 Mercantile Law 221 MCR221 10 Taxation 242 TAX242 10 Business Ethics 242 BET242 10 Financial Management 242 FIM242 10 Sub-total 120 D.49.3 Level 3 Module Name Alpha Code Cred Financial Accounting 341 FIA341 30 Financial Accounting 342 FIA342 30 Management Accounting 341 MAC341 15 Auditing 341 AUD341 15 Taxation 343 TAX343 30 Financial Management 342 FIM342 15 Sub-total 135 TOTAL 385 D.50 ASSESSMENT Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1 D.51 PROMOTION RULES Unless Senate decides otherwise and subject to rule A.3.2.3 or otherwise provided in the Faculty rules: D.51.1 Level 1 D.51.1.1 A student is required to pass at least 40 credits in the 1st year of registration and 90 credits per annum thereafter. D.51.1.2 After one year of study, a student must have passed Academic Literacy for Commerce (ALC131/132), Quantitative Skills for Finance (QSF141) or Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC131/132) and Financial Accounting (FIA141). D.51.1.3 D.51.1.4 A student shall be promoted to the 2nd year of study on obtaining at least 90 credits. After two years of study a student must have passed all 1st year level modules in order to promote. 43

D.51.2 Level 2 D.51.2.1 D.51.2.2 A student shall be promoted to the 3rd year of study on obtaining at least 210 credits. After three years of study a student must have passed all 2nd year level modules in order to promote. D.51.3 Level 3 D.51.3.1 D.51.3.2 D.51.3.3 A student shall complete the degree once 385 credits are obtained and all the requirements for the degree are met. Final promotions are done according to the rules applicable to the degree at the date of first enrolment, provided that the student continues to promote. The latest rules applicable to the degree will be applied (the following year) when further admission was refused or when a student has interrupted his/her studies. D.52 ADVANCE REGISTRATION D.52.1 D.52.2 A student who has not promoted to the 2nd year of study shall not be allowed to register for more than 100 credits for the year, which shall include all the outstanding 1st year credits, provided all the prerequisites and co-requisites are met. A student who has not promoted to the 3rd year of study shall not be allowed to register for more than 100 credits for the year, which shall include all the outstanding 1st and 2nd year credits, provided all the prerequisites and co-requisites are met. D.53 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.3.2.3, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1 or otherwise provided in the Faculty rules: D.54 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME D.54.1 Students who have obtained 60% or more for Financial Accounting 142 would have the option to attend the Financial Accounting 132 summer school and, on obtaining a mark of 55% or more for the assessment at the conclusion of the summer school, would be able to transfer to the B Com (Accounting) programme, if all other promotion criteria are met (passed at least 105 credits in the first year of enrolment). 44

BACHELOR OF COMMERCE IN ECONOMICS DEGREE (BCom Eco) (1201) (3 years fulltime) D.55 ADMISSION Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree: Bachelor of Commerce in Economics D.55.1 Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated from 2008 (a) The National Senior Certificate for Bachelor s Degree study with 4 designated subjects at a rating of 4, plus a score of no less than 30 points calculated according to the University s approved points system, as well as the following specific subject requirements: Level 4 (50-59%) in English (home or 1 st additional language). Level 3 (40-49%) in Another language (home or 1 st additional language) Level 4 (50-59%) in Mathematics D.55.2 Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated before 2008 OR (a) Candidates must have obtained a Matriculation Certificate or an exemption certificate thereof or an equivalent qualification with an aggregate of at least a D (50%) with the following subject requirements: HG (40%, E symbol) Mathematics or SG (60%, C symbol) Mathematics and OR (b) A qualification or level of competence which the Senate of the University has deemed to be equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) above. D.56 SELECTION As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure. D.57 DURATION Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over three years Full-time study. D.58 CURRICULUM D.58.1 Level 1 Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Academic Literacy for Commerce ALC131 15 Mathematics MAM126 10 Information Systems IFS131 15 Principles of Business Management MAN131 15 Business Statistics BUS132 15 Financial Accounting FIA141 15 Financial Accounting FIA142 10 Micro-Economics ECO141 10 Macro-Economics ECO142 10 Business Analysis BSA201 10 Sub-total 125 D.58.2 Level 2 45

Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Econometrics ECO242 10 Microeconomics ECO231 10 Macroeconomics ECO232 10 Labour Economics ECO233 10 Public Economics ECO234 10 Mathematics for Economics ECO235 10 Business Finance MAN234 10 Financial & Analysis Techniques MAN235 10 Statistics: Distribution Theory STA211 20 Statistics: Inference & Regression STA221 20 Sub-total 120 D.58.3 Level 3 Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Microeconomics ECO331 15 Macroeconomics ECO332 15 Econometrics ECO311 15 Public Economics ECO334 15 International Economics ECO335 15 Group 1: Choose 1 module Development Economics ECO336 15 Environmental Economics ECO301 15 Group 2: Choose 30 credits from Group 2.1 Or 30 credits from Group 2.2 Group 2.1 Investment Management MAN307 15 Investment Analysis MAN308 15 Group 2.2 Statistics: Distribution Theory STA331 30 Statistics: Demography STA333 30 Statistics: Inference & Regression STA332 30 Sub-total 120 TOTAL 365 D.59 ASSESSMENT Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1 D.60 PROMOTION RULES Unless Senate decides otherwise and subject to rule A.3.2.3 or otherwise provided in Faculty rules. D.60.1 Level 1 D.60.1.1 D.60.1.2 D.60.1.3 A student is required to pass at least 45 credits in the 1st year of registration and 90 credits per annum thereafter (students are alerted that the cumulative credits are valid and that the 90 credits per annum are a guide for guaranteed promotion). After one year of study, a student must have passed Academic Literacy for Commerce (ALC131/132) and Mathematics (MAM126) or equivalent and Economics (ECO141, ECO142) or Eco134 (60%) or ECO121 and ECO122. A student shall be promoted to the 2nd year of study on obtaining at least 90 credits. 46

D.60.1.4 After two years of study a student must have passed all 1st year level modules in order to promote. D.60.2 Level 2 D.60.2.1 D.60.2.2 A student shall be promoted to the 3rd year of study on obtaining at least 210 credits. After three years of study a student must have passed all 2nd year level modules in order to promote. D.60.3 Level 3 D.60.3.1 D.60.3.2 D.60.3.3 A student shall complete the degree once 365 credits are obtained and all the requirements for the degree are met. Final promotions are done according to the rules applicable to the degree at the date of first enrolment, provided that the student continues to promote. The latest rules applicable to the degree will be applied (the following year) when further admission was refused or when a student has interrupted his/her studies. D.61 ADVANCE REGISTRATION D.61.1 D.61.2 A student who has not promoted to the 2nd year of study shall not be allowed to register for more than 100 credits for the year, which shall include all the outstanding 1st year credits, provided all the prerequisites and co-requisites are met. A student who has not promoted to the 3rd year of study shall not be allowed to register for more than 100 credits for the year, which shall include all the outstanding 1st and 2nd year credits, provided all the prerequisites and co-requisites are met. D.62 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.3.2.3, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1 or otherwise provided in faculty rules. D.63 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME D.63.1 D.63.2 D.63.3 D.63.4 D.63.5 D.63.6 No full-time student shall be allowed to enrol for more than 135 credits in any year of study;. The total credit value may only exceed 360 with the permission of Senate; No student shall be allowed in any year of study to enrol for any combination of modules in which there are class and examination timetable clashes. Only students with Level 5 or HG (60%-C symbol) or SG (80%- A symbol) in mathematics may register for Mathematics (MAM126). Students who fail Academic Literacy for Commerce (ALC131) and/or Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC132) or Mathematics (MAM126) in the 1 st semester must repeat and pass Academic Literacy for Commerce (ALC132) and/or Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC132) in the 2 nd semester of 1 st year to qualify for re-admission to 2 nd year. No student shall be allowed to enrol for a module if this contravenes departmental prerequisite rules. 47

D.63.7 To register for Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC131/132) or Business Statistics (BUS131/132) a pass in one of the following is required: Level 4 (50-59%) in Mathematics or HG (40%) in Mathematics or SG (50%) in Mathematics D.63.8 D.63.9 D.63.10 To register for Economics (ECO133/134) a pass in Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC131/132) is required ECO331, ECO332 and ECO311 are required for entry into Honours in Economics If a particular module (providing it is not a compulsory module) has less than 15 students registered at the start of the academic year, the department has the authority to cancel that module. 48

BACHELOR OF COMMERCE IN FINANCE DEGREE (BCom Fin) (1061) (3 years full time) D.64 ADMISSION Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree: Bachelor of Commerce in Finance D.64.1 Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated from 2008 (a) The National Senior Certificate for Bachelor s Degree study with 4 designated subjects at a rating of 4, plus a score of no less than 30 points calculated according to the University s approved points system, as well as the following specific subject requirements: Level 4 (50-59%) in English (home or 1 st additional language). Level 3 (40-49%) in Another language (home or 1 st additional language) Level 4 (50-59%) in Mathematics D.64.2 Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated before 2008 (a) Candidates must have obtained a Matriculation Certificate or an exemption certificate thereof or an equivalent qualification with an aggregate of at least a D (50%) with the following subject requirements: HG (40%, E symbol) Mathematics or SG (60%, C symbol) Mathematics and OR (b) A qualification or level of competence which the Senate of the University has deemed to be equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) above. D.65 SELECTION As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure. D.66 DURATION Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over three years Full-time study. D.67 CURICULLUM D.67.1 Level 1 Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Academic Literacy for Commerce ALC131 15 Quantitative Skills Finance QSF141 10 Information Systems IFS132 15 Principles of Business Management MAN131 15 Business Statistics BUS132 15 Financial Accounting FIA141 15 Financial Accounting FIA142 10 Micro-Economics ECO141 10 Macro-Economics ECO142 10 Business Analysis BSA201 10 Sub-total 125 49

D.67.2 Level 2 Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Marketing MAN231 10 Operations MAN233 10 Business Finance MAN234 10 Financial & Analytical Techniques MAN235 10 Macroeconomics ECO232 10 Financial Accounting FIA241 20 Business Ethics BET242 10 Mercantile Law MER102 15 Electives 30 credits (10 semester 1, 20 semester 2) chosen from Management Accounting MAC241 10 Company Law CPL211 10 Econometrics ECO242 10 Financial Accounting FIA242 20 Public Economics ECO234 10 Mathematics for Economics ECO235 10 Sub-total 125 D.67.3 Level 3 Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Financial Research & Communication FRC311 15 OR Research & Communication for Business MAN314 15 Financial Analytical Techniques MAN305 15 Strategic Management MAN304 15 Financial Management MAN312 15 30 Credits Elective chosen from: Investment Management MAN307 15 Long-term Insurance IST310 15 International Economics ECO335 15 Management Accounting MAC341 15 Macro-economics ECO332 15 30 Credits Elective chosen from: Investment Analysis MAN308 15 Short-term Insurance IST309 15 Econometrics ECO311 15 Sub-total 120 TOTAL 370 D.68 ASSESSMENT Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1 D.69 PROMOTION RULES Unless Senate decides otherwise and subject to rule A.3.2.3 or otherwise provided in Faculty rules. D.69.1 Level 1 D.69.1.1 A student is required to pass at least 70 credits in the 1st year of registration and 90 credits per annum thereafter (students are alerted that the cumulative credits are valid and that the 90 credits per annum are a guide for guaranteed promotion). 50

D.69.1.2 D.69.1.3 D.69.1.4 After one year of study, a student must have passed Academic Literacy for Commerce (ALC131/132) and Quantitative Skills Finance (QSF141) or equivalent, Management (MAN131/132), Financial Accounting (FIA141/143) and Business Statistics (BUS132/131) A student shall be promoted to the 2nd year of study on obtaining at least 90 credits. After two years of study a student must have passed all 1st year level modules in order to promote. D.69.2 Level 2 D.69.2.1 D.69.2.2 A student shall be promoted to the 3rd year of study on obtaining at least 210 credits including all 1 st year modules PLUS MAN234 and MAN235 after no more than three years of study. After three years of study a student must have passed all 2nd year level modules in order to promote. D.69.3 Level 3 D.69.3.1 D.69.3.2 D.69.3.3 A student shall complete the degree once 370 credits are obtained and all the requirements for the degree are met. Final promotions are done according to the rules applicable to the degree at the date of first enrolment, provided that the student continues to promote. The latest rules applicable to the degree will be applied (the following year) when further admission was refused or when a student has interrupted his/her studies. D.70 ADVANCE REGISTRATION D.70.1 D.70.2 A student who has not promoted to the 2nd year of study shall not be allowed to register for more than 100 credits for the year, which shall include all the outstanding 1st year credits, provided all the prerequisites and co-requisites are met. A student who has not promoted to the 3rd year of study shall not be allowed to register for more than 100 credits for the year, which shall include all the outstanding 1st and 2nd year credits, provided all the prerequisites and co-requisites are met. D.71 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.3.2.3, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1 or otherwise provided in faculty rules. D.72 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME D.72.1 D.72.2 D.72.3 D.72.4 No full-time student shall be allowed to enrol for more than 135 credits in any year of study;. The total credit value may only exceed 360 with the permission of Senate; No student shall be allowed in any year of study to enrol for any combination of modules in which there are class and examination timetable clashes. Only students with Level 5 or HG (60%-C symbol) or SG (80%- A symbol) in mathematics may register for Mathematics (MAM126). 51

D.72.5 D.72.6 D.72.7 Students who fail Academic Literacy for Commerce (ALC131) and/or Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC132) or Mathematics (MAM126) in the 1 st semester must repeat and pass Academic Literacy for Commerce (ALC132) and/or Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC132) in the 2 nd semester of 1 st year to qualify for re-admission to 2 nd year. No student shall be allowed to enrol for a module if this contravenes departmental prerequisite rules. To register for Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC131/132) or Business Statistics (BUS131/132) a pass in one of the following is required: Level 4 (50-59%) in Mathematics or HG (40%) in Mathematics or SG (50%) in Mathematics D.72.8 If a particular module (providing it is not a compulsory module) has less than 15 students registered at the start of the academic year, the department has the authority to cancel that module. 52

BACHELOR OF COMMERCE IN HUMAN RESOURCES DEGREE (BCom HR) (1301) (3 years full time) D.73 ADMISSION Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree: Bachelor of Commerce in Human Resources D.73.1 Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated from 2008 (a) The National Senior Certificate for Bachelor s Degree study with 4 designated subjects at a rating of 4, plus a score of no less than 30 points calculated according to the University s approved points system, as well as the following specific subject requirements: Level 4 (50-59%) in English (home or 1 st additional language). Level 3 (40-49%) in Another language (home or 1 st additional language) Level 4 (50-59%) in Mathematics D.73.2 Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated before 2008 (a) Candidates must have obtained a Matriculation Certificate or an exemption certificate thereof or an equivalent qualification with an aggregate of at least a D (50%) with the following subject requirements: HG (40%, E symbol) Mathematics or SG (60%, C symbol) Mathematics and OR (b) A qualification or level of competence which the Senate of the University has deemed to be equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) above. D.74 SELECTION As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure. D.75 DURATION Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over three years Full-time study. D.76 CURICULLUM D.76.1 Level 1 Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Academic Literacy for Commerce ALC131 15 Quantitative Skills for Commerce QSC131 15 Information Systems IFS131 15 Principles of Business Management MAN131 15 Business Statistics BUS132 15 Financial Accounting FIA143 15 Economics (60% required to continue with ECO at 2 nd level) ECO134 15 Industrial Psychology IPS132 15 Sub-total 120 53

D.76.2 Level 2 Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Industrial Psychology IPS231 10 Industrial Psychology IPS232 10 Industrial Psychology IPS233 10 Industrial Psychology IPS234 10 Marketing MAN231 10 Operations Management MAN233 10 Business Finance MAN234 10 Financial and Analytical Techniques MAN235 10 Economics ECO233 10 Social Security Law SOL312 15 Employment Law EMP311 15 Business Ethics BET242 10 Sub-total 130 D.76.3 Level 3 Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Industrial Psychology IPS331 15 Industrial Psychology IPS333 15 Industrial Psychology IPS334 15 Industrial Psychology IPS335 15 Industrial Psychology IPS336 15 Industrial Psychology IPS337 15 Strategic Management MAN304 15 Project Management MAN325 15 Sub-total 120 TOTAL 370 D.77 ASSESSMENT Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1 D.78 PROMOTION RULES Unless Senate decides otherwise and subject to rule A.3.2.3 or otherwise provided in Faculty rules. D.78.1 Level 1 D.78.1.1 D.78.1.2 D.78.1.3 D.78.1.4 A student is required to pass at least 75credits in the 1st year of registration and 90 credits per annum thereafter (students are alerted that the cumulative credits are valid and that the 90 credits per annum are a guide for guaranteed promotion). After one year of study, a student must have passed Academic Literacy for Commerce (ALC131/132) and Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC131/132) or equivalent, Management (MAN131/132), Financial Accounting (FIA141/143) and Business Statistics (BUS131/132) and IPS131/132. A student shall be promoted to the 2nd year of study on obtaining at least 90 credits. After two years of study a student must have passed all 1st year level modules in order to promote. 54

D.78.2 Level 2 D.78.2.1 D.78.2.2 A student shall be promoted to the 3rd year of study on obtaining at least 210 credits including all 1 st year level modules PLUS IPS231, IPS232, IPS233, IPS234. After three years of study a student must have passed all 2nd year level modules in order to promote. D.78.3 Level 3 D.78.3.1 D.78.3.2 D.78.3.3 A student shall complete the degree once 370 credits are obtained and all the requirements for the degree are met. Final promotions are done according to the rules applicable to the degree at the date of first enrolment, provided that the student continues to promote. The latest rules applicable to the degree will be applied (the following year) when further admission was refused or when a student has interrupted his/her studies. D.79 ADVANCE REGISTRATION D.79.1 D.79.2 A student who has not promoted to the 2nd year of study shall not be allowed to register for more than 100 credits for the year, which shall include all the outstanding 1st year credits, provided all the prerequisites and co-requisites are met. A student who has not promoted to the 3rd year of study shall not be allowed to register for more than 100 credits for the year, which shall include all the outstanding 1st and 2nd year credits, provided all the prerequisites and co-requisites are met. D.80 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.3.2.3, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1 or otherwise provided in faculty rules. D.81 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME D.81.1 D.81.2 D.81.3 D.81.4 D.81.5 D.81.6 No full-time student shall be allowed to enrol for more than 135 credits in any year of study; The total credit value may only exceed 360 with the permission of Senate; No student shall be allowed in any year of study to enrol for any combination of modules in which there are class and examination timetable clashes. Only students with Level 5 or HG (60%-C symbol) or SG (80%- A symbol) in mathematics may register for Mathematics (MAM126). Students who fail Academic Literacy for Commerce (ALC131) and/or Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC132) or Mathematics (MAM126) in the 1 st semester must repeat and pass Academic Literacy for Commerce (ALC132) and/or Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC132) in the 2 nd semester of 1 st year to qualify for re-admission to 2 nd year. No student shall be allowed to enrol for a module if this contravenes departmental prerequisite rules. 55

D.81.7 To register for Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC131/132) or Business Statistics (BUS131/132) a pass in one of the following is required: Level 4 (50-59%) in Mathematics or HG (40%) in Mathematics or SG (50%) in Mathematics D.81.8 D.81.9 To register for Economics (ECO133/134) a pass in Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC131/132) is required If a particular module (providing it is not a compulsory module) has less than 15 students registered at the start of the academic year, the department has the authority to cancel that module. 56

BACHELOR OF COMMERCE IN INFORMATION SYSTEM DEGREE (BCom IFS) (1033) (3 year f/time) D.82 ADMISSION Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree: Bachelor of Commerce in Information System D.82.1 Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated from 2008 (a) The National Senior Certificate for Bachelor s Degree study with 4 designated subjects at a rating of 4, plus a score of no less than 30 points calculated according to the University s approved points system, as well as the following specific subject requirements: Level 4 (50-59%) in English (home or 1 st additional language). Level 3 (40-49%) in Another language (home or 1 st additional language) Level 4 (50-59%) in Mathematics D.82.2 Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated before 2008 (a) Candidates must have obtained a Matriculation Certificate or an exemption certificate thereof or an equivalent qualification with an aggregate of at least a D (50%) with the following subject requirements: HG (40%, E symbol) Mathematics or SG (60%, C symbol) Mathematics and OR (b) A qualification or level of competence which the Senate of the University has deemed to be equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) above. D.83 SELECTION As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure. D.84 DURATION Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over three years Full-time study. D.85 CURICULLUM D.85.1 Level 1 Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Academic Literacy for Commerce ALC131 15 Quantitative Skills for Commerce QSC131 15 Information Systems IFS131 15 Principles of Business Management MAN132 15 Business Statistics BUS132 15 Micro-Economics ECO141 10 Macro-Economics ECO142 10 Financial Accounting FIA141 15 Choose 1 of: Financial Accounting FIA142 10 Industrial Psychology IPS132 15 Sub-total 120-125 57

D.85.2 Level 2 Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Business Analysis IFS231 20 System Management IFS233 20 Database and Date Modelling IFS242 20 Business Information Systems IFS244 20 Micro-Economics ECO231 10 Marketing MAN231 10 Operations Management MAN233 10 Financial and Analytical Techniques MAN235 10 Sub-total 120 D.85.3 Level 3 Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Information Systems Strategy IFS361 30 Architecture and Infrastructure IFS362 30 60 Credits Elective chosen from: Capita Selecta IFS341 30 Philosophy and Research Methods IFS352 30 Emerging Trends in Information Systems IFS351 30 OR 30 Credits Elective chosen as above and 30 credits chosen from: Research & Communication for Business MAN314 15 Strategic Management MAN304 15 Economics ECO331 15 Economics ECO332 15 Sub-total 120 TOTAL 360-365 D.86 ASSESSMENT Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1 D.87 PROMOTION RULES Unless Senate decides otherwise and subject to rule A.3.2.3 or otherwise provided in Faculty rules. D.87.1 Level 1 D.87.1.1 D.87.1.2 D.87.1.3 D.87.1.4 A student is required to pass at least 45credits in the 1st year of registration and 90 credits per annum thereafter (students are alerted that the cumulative credits are valid and that the 90 credits per annum are a guide for guaranteed promotion). After one year of study, a student must have passed Academic Literacy for Commerce (ALC131/132) and Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC131/132) or QSF141, Information System (IFS131/132) A student shall be promoted to the 2nd year of study on obtaining at least 90 credits. After two years of study a student must have passed all 1st year level modules in order to promote. 58

D.87.2 Level 2 D.87.2.1 D.87.2.2 A student shall be promoted to the 3rd year of study on obtaining at least 210 credits After three years of study a student must have passed all 2nd year level modules in order to promote. D.87.3 Level 3 D.87.3.1 D.87.3.2 D.87.3.3 A student shall complete the degree once 360-365 credits are obtained and all the requirements for the degree are met. Final promotions are done according to the rules applicable to the degree at the date of first enrolment, provided that the student continues to promote. The latest rules applicable to the degree will be applied (the following year) when further admission was refused or when a student has interrupted his/her studies. D.88 ADVANCE REGISTRATION D.88.1 D.88.2 A student who has not promoted to the 2nd year of study shall not be allowed to register for more than 100 credits for the year, which shall include all the outstanding 1st year credits, provided all the prerequisites and co-requisites are met. A student who has not promoted to the 3rd year of study shall not be allowed to register for more than 100 credits for the year, which shall include all the outstanding 1st and 2nd year credits, provided all the prerequisites and co-requisites are met. D.89 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.3.2.3, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1 or otherwise provided in faculty rules. D.90 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME D.90.1 D.90.2 D.90.3 D.90.4 D.90.5 D.90.6 No full-time student shall be allowed to enrol for more than 135 credits in any year of study;. The total credit value may only exceed 360 with the permission of Senate; No student shall be allowed in any year of study to enrol for any combination of modules in which there are class and examination timetable clashes. Only students with Level 5 or HG (60%-C symbol) or SG (80%- A symbol) in mathematics may register for Mathematics (MAM126). Students who fail Academic Literacy for Commerce (ALC131) and/or Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC132) or Mathematics (MAM126) in the 1 st semester must repeat and pass Academic Literacy for Commerce (ALC132) and/or Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC132) in the 2 nd semester of 1 st year to qualify for re-admission to 2 nd year. No student shall be allowed to enrol for a module if this contravenes departmental prerequisite rules. 59

D.90.7 To register for Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC131/132) or Business Statistics (BUS131/132) a pass in one of the following is required: Level 4 (50-59%) in Mathematics or HG (40%) in Mathematics or SG (50%) in Mathematics D.90.8 D.90.9 To register for Economics (ECO133/134) a pass in Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC131/132) is required If a particular module (providing it is not a compulsory module) has less than 15 students registered at the start of the academic year, the department has the authority to cancel that module. 60

BACHELOR OF COMMERCE IN MANAGEMENT DEGREE (BCom MAN) (1051) (3 yrs f/time) D.91 ADMISSION Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree: Bachelor of Commerce in Management D.91.1 Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated from 2008 (a) The National Senior Certificate for Bachelor s Degree study with 4 designated subjects at a rating of 4, plus a score of no less than 30 points calculated according to the University s approved points system, as well as the following specific subject requirements: Level 4 (50-59%) in English (home or 1 st additional language). Level 3 (40-49%) in Another language (home or 1 st additional language) Level 4 (50-59%) in Mathematics D.91.2 Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated before 2008 (a) Candidates must have obtained a Matriculation Certificate or an exemption certificate thereof or an equivalent qualification with an aggregate of at least a D (50%) with the following subject requirements: HG (40%, E symbol) Mathematics or SG (60%, C symbol) Mathematics and OR (b) A qualification or level of competence which the Senate of the University has deemed to be equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) above. D.92 SELECTION As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure. D.93 DURATION Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over three years Full-time study D.94 CURICULLUM D.94.1 Level 1 Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Academic Literacy for Commerce ALC131 15 Quantitative Skills for Commerce QSC131 15 Information Systems IFS132 15 Principles of Business Management MAN131 15 Business Statistics BUS132 15 Financial Accounting FIA141 15 Choose: one group: students who choose ECO134 and FIA142 are required to take 2 electives. Students wishing to take Economics at 2 nd year level should complete ECO141&142 61

Group 1 Economics (60% required to continue with ECO at 2 nd level) ECO134 15 Group 2 Economics (micro) ECO141 10 Economics (macro) ECO142 10 Choose 1 of: Financial Accounting FIA142 10 Industrial Psychology IPS132 15 Mercantile Law MER102 15 Sub-total 120-130 D.94.2 Level 2 Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Marketing MAN231 10 Financial and Analytical Techniques MAN235 10 Operations Management MAN233 10 Business Finance MAN234 10 Entrepreneurship MAN201 10 Business Ethics BET242 10 Mercantile Law (if not taken on at 1 st year level) MER102 15 Choose 1 of (both if Mercantile Law taken at 1 st year level) Quantitative Business Analysis BSA201 10 Introduction to Business Research BSA204 10 Choose 1 of the following groups: (40 credits) Group 1 Financial Accounting FIA241 20 Financial Accounting FIA242 20 Group 2 Economics ECO231 10 Economics ECO232 10 Economics ECO233 10 Economics ECO234 10 Group 3 Industrial Psychology IPS231 10 Industrial Psychology IPS232 10 Industrial Psychology IPS233 10 Industrial Psychology IPS234 10 Group 4 Information Systems IFS231 20 Information Systems IFS233 20 Sub-total 120-125 D.94.3 Level 3 Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Research & Communication for Business MAN314 15 Strategic Management MAN304 15 Financial Analytical Techniques MAN305 15 Retail Management MAN306 15 Employee Management MAN324 15 Financial Management MAN312 15 Services Marketing MAN303 15 Project Management MAN325 15 Sub-total 120 TOTAL 360-375 62

D.95 ASSESSMENT Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1 D.96 PROMOTION RULES Unless Senate decides otherwise and subject to rule A.3.2.3 or otherwise provided in Faculty rules. D.96.1 Level 1 D.96.1.1 D.96.1.2 D.96.1.3 D.96.1.4 A student is required to pass at least 75 credits in the 1st year of registration and 90 credits per annum thereafter (students are alerted that the cumulative credits are valid and that the 90 credits per annum are a guide for guaranteed promotion). After one year of study, a student must have passed Academic Literacy for Commerce (ALC131/132) and Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC131/132) or equivalent, Management (MAN131/132), Financial Accounting (FIA141/143) and Business Statistics (BUS131/132). A student shall be promoted to the 2nd year of study on obtaining at least 90 credits. After two years of study a student must have passed all 1st year level modules in order to promote. D.96.2 Level 2 D.96.2.1 D.96.2.2 A student shall be promoted to the 3rd year of study on obtaining at least 210 credits including all first year level modules PLUS MAN231, MAN233, MAN234 and MAN235. After three years of study a student must have passed all 2nd year level modules in order to promote. D.96.3 Level 3 D.96.3.1 A student shall complete the degree once 360-375 credits are obtained and all the requirements for the degree are met. D.96.3.2 Final promotions are done according to the rules applicable to the degree at the date of first enrolment, provided that the student continues to promote. D.96.3.3 The latest rules applicable to the degree will be applied (the following year) when further admission was refused or when a student has interrupted his/her studies. D.97 ADVANCE REGISTRATION D.97.1 D.97.2 A student who has not promoted to the 2nd year of study shall not be allowed to register for more than 100 credits for the year, which shall include all the outstanding 1st year credits, provided all the prerequisites and co-requisites are met. A student who has not promoted to the 3rd year of study shall not be allowed to register for more than 100 credits for the year, which shall include all the outstanding 1st and 2nd year credits, provided all the prerequisites and co-requisites are met. 63

D.98 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.3.2.3, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1 or otherwise provided in faculty rules. D.99 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME D.99.1 D.99.2 D.99.3 D.99.4 D.99.5 D.99.6 D.99.7 No full-time student shall be allowed to enrol for more than 135 credits in any year of study;. The total credit value may only exceed 360 with the permission of Senate; No student shall be allowed in any year of study to enrol for any combination of modules in which there are class and examination timetable clashes. Only students with Level 5 or HG (60%-C symbol) or SG (80%- A symbol) in mathematics may register for Mathematics (MAM126). Students who fail Academic Literacy for Commerce (ALC131) and/or Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC132) or Mathematics (MAM126) in the 1 st semester must repeat and pass Academic Literacy for Commerce (ALC132) and/or Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC132) in the 2 nd semester of 1 st year to qualify for re-admission to 2 nd year. No student shall be allowed to enrol for a module if this contravenes departmental prerequisite rules. To register for Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC131/132) or Business Statistics (BUS131/132) a pass in one of the following is required: Level 4 (50-59%) in Mathematics or HG (40%) in Mathematics or SG (50%) in Mathematics D.99.8 D.99.9 To register for Economics (ECO133/134) a pass in Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC131/132) is required If a particular module (providing it is not a compulsory module) has less than 15 students registered at the start of the academic year, the department has the authority to cancel that module. 64

BACHELOR OF COMMERCE (ACCOUNTING) DEGREE - (BCom Acc) (1021) (3 years-full time) This degree, combined with the Post Graduate Diploma in Accounting (PGDA) is accredited by the South African Institute of Chartered Accountants (SAICA) to prepare candidates for the Initial Test of Competence (ITC). D.100 ADMISSION Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree: Bachelor of Commerce (Accounting) D.100.1 Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated from 2008 (a) The National Senior Certificate for Bachelor s Degree study with 4 designated subjects at a rating of 4, plus a score of no less than 30 points calculated according to the University s approved points system, as well as the following specific subject requirements: Level 4 (50-59%) in English (home or 1 st additional language). Level 3 (40-49%) in Another language (home or 1 st additional language) Level 4 (50-59%) in Mathematics Level 5 (60-69%) in Accounting (not required if student has Math at Level 5) D.100.2 Admission rules for applicants who matriculated prior to 2008 (a) Candidates must have obtained a Matriculation Exemption Certificate with a minimum of a C- Aggregate (60%) in Grade 12 with the following subject requirements: HG (50%) Mathematics or SG (70%) Mathematics and HG (50%) Accounting or SG (70%) Accounting OR HG (60%) Mathematics or SG (80%) Mathematics (if Accounting was not taken as a matriculation subject) OR (b) A qualification or level of competence which the Senate of the University has deemed to be equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) above. D.101 SELECTION As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure. D.102 DURATION Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over three years Full-time study. 65

D.103 CURRICULUM D.103.1 Level 1 Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Financial Accounting 131 FIA131 15 Financial Accounting 132 FIA132 15 Economics 134 (60% required to continue with ECO at 2nd level) ECO134 15 Mathematics 126 MAM126 10 Business Statistics 132 BUS132 15 Principles of Management 131 MAN131 15 Mercantile Law 102 MER102 15 Information Systems 131 IFS131 15 Academic Literacy for Commerce 131 ALC131 15 Sub-total 130 D.103.2 Level 2 Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Financial Accounting 214 FIA214 20 Financial Accounting 225 FIA225 20 Management Accounting 234 MAC234 10 Auditing 236 AUD236 10 Accounting Information Applications ACC239 15 Company Law 211 CPL211 10 Mercantile Law 221 MCR221 10 Taxation 228 TAX228 10 Business Ethics 211 BET211 10 Corporate and Financial Management 221 CFM221 10 Sub-total 125 D.103.3 Level 3 Module Name Alpha Code Cred Managerial Accounting and Finance MAF334 30 Financial Accounting 324 FIA324 60 Auditing 322 AUD322 30 Taxation 327 TAX327 30 Sub-total 150 TOTAL 405 D.104 ASSESSMENT Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1 D.105 PROMOTION RULES Unless Senate decides otherwise and subject to rule A.3.2.3 or otherwise provided in the Faculty rules: D.105.1 D.105.2 D.105.3 D.105.4 After one year of enrolment; passed a total of at least 80 NQF credits, with a final mark of 55% or more for Financial Accounting (FIA132). In every year thereafter passed a total of at least 90 NQF credits, Provided that after four years of enrolment the student has completed the degree; Provided that after the second year of registration the student has passed all required 1 st level modules. 66

D.105.5 D.105.6 D.105.7 Final promotions are done according to the rules applicable to the degree at the date of first enrolment, provided that the student continues to promote. The latest rules applicable to the degree will be applied (the following year) when further admission was refused or when a student has interrupted his/her studies. Students who do not meet the requirement as outlined in D.110.1 above, will be promoted to the BCom (Financial Accounting) degree (2 nd enrolment), provided they passed at least 60 credits including a final mark of between 50% and 54% for Financial Accounting (FIA132). D.106 ADVANCE REGISTRATION There are no advance registration rules for this programme D.107 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.3.2.3, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1 or otherwise provided in the Faculty rules: D.108 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME D.108.1 D.108.2 D.108.3 To qualify for entry into the BCom (Accounting) degree, a first year BCom student shall have passed at least 105 credits in the their first year of enrolment, with a final mark of 55% or more in Financial Accounting 132 or its equivalent. The following will be recognised as an internal equivalent: Obtaining a mark of 55% or more for the assessment at the conclusion of a summer school. In order to qualify to attend the summer school, a student must have obtained 60% or more for Financial Accounting 142. A student will not be allowed to renew his/her registration for the following modules if he/she failed to pass after two attempts: Financial Accounting 131, 132 (55%) (The assessment at the end of the winter/summer school, as applicable to the module, is considered the second attempt opportunity. If a student fails to utilise this opportunity he/she will waive the second attempt) Financial Accounting 214, 225 Financial Accounting 324 Management Accounting 234 Corporate and Financial Management 221 Managerial Accounting and Finance 334 Auditing 236 Auditing 322 Accounting Information Applications 239 Business Ethics 211 Taxation 228 Taxation 327 Academic Literacy for Commerce 131 67

D108.4 A student who has obtained a final mark after the supplementary exam of 40%-49% for Financial Accounting 131 has the choice to attend either: (a) the Financial Accounting 131 Winter School in order to continue with Financial Accounting 132 (to continue with B. Com (Accounting); OR (b) the Financial Accounting 141 Winter School in order to continue with Financial Accounting 142 (and transition to B.Com (Financial Accounting) D108.5 A student who has obtained a final mark after the supplementary exam of 30%-39% for Financial Accounting 131 will be eligible to attend the Financial Accounting 141 Winter School in order to continue with Financial Accounting 142 (and transition to B.Com Financial Accounting. D108.6 A student who has obtained a final mark after the supplementary exam of 50%-54% for Financial Accounting 132 will be eligible to attend the Financial Accounting 132 Summer School in order to continue with Financial Accounting 214 (and continue with B.Com Accounting) D108.7 A student who has obtained a final mark after the supplementary exam of 40-49% for Financial Accounting 132 will be eligible to attend the Financial Accounting 142 Summer School in order to continue with Financial Accounting 241 (and transition to BCom Financial Accounting) D108.8 A student who has obtained a final mark after the supplementary exam of 40%-49% for Financial Accounting 214 will be eligible to attend the Financial Accounting 241 Winter School in order to continue with Financial Accounting 242 (and transition to B.Com Financial Accounting) D108.9 A student who has obtained a final mark after the supplementary exam of 40%-49% for Financial Accounting 225 will be eligible to attend the Financial Accounting 242 Summer School in order to continue with Financial Accounting 341 (and transition to B. Com Financial Accounting) 68

BACHELORS IN COMMERCE (ACCOUNTING) (EXTENDED CURRICULUM) (1753) ((4 yrs-f/time) This degree, combined with the Post Graduate Diploma in Accounting (PGDA) is accredited by the South African Institute of Chartered Accountants (SAICA) to prepare candidates for the Initial Test of Competence (ITC). D.109 ADMISSION Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree: Bachelors in Commerce (Accounting) extended curriculum D.109.1 Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated from 2008 (a) The National Senior Certificate for Bachelor s Degree study with 4 designated subjects at a rating of 4, plus a score of no less than 30 points calculated according to the University s approved points system, as well as the following specific subject requirements: Level 3 (40-49%) in English (home or 1 st additional language). Level 3 (40-49%) in Another language (home or 1 st additional language) Level 3 (40-49%) in Mathematics Level 4 (50-59%) in Accounting (not required if student has Math at Level 4) D.109.2 Admission rules for applicants who matriculated prior to 2008 (a) Candidates must have obtained a Matriculation Exemption Certificate with a minimum of a D- Aggregate in Grade 12 with the following subject requirements: HG (D Symbol) Mathematics or SG (C Symbol) Mathematics and HG (D Symbol) Accounting or SG (C Symbol) Accounting OR HG (C _symbol) Mathematics or SG (B Symbol) Mathematics (if Accounting was not taken as a matriculation subject) OR (b) A qualification or level of competence which the Senate of the University has deemed to be equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) above. D. 110 SELECTION As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure. D.111 DURATION Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over four years full-time study. 69

D.112 CURRICULUM D.112.1 Level 1 Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Academic Literacy for Business 131 ALB131 15 Quantitative Skills Accounting 131 QSA131 15 Introduction to SA Accounting 131 ACC131 15 Introduction to SA Accounting 132 ACC132 15 Academic Literacy for Commerce 132 ALC132 15 Principles of Business Management 131 MAN131 15 Introduction to Information Systems 132 IFS132 15 Business Statistics 132 BUS132 15 Sub-total 120 D.112.2 Level 2 Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Analytical and Critical Thinking 1 ACF231 15 Quantitative Analysis for Commerce QAC231 15 Intensive reading and Writing IRF231 15 Financial Accounting 131 FIA131 15 Financial Accounting 132 FIA132 15 Economics 134 (60% required to continue with ECO at 2nd level) ECO134 15 Mathematics 126 MAM126 15 Mercantile Law 102 MER102 15 Sub-total 120 D.112.3 Level 3 Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Financial Accounting 214 FIA214 20 Financial Accounting 225 FIA225 20 Accounting Information Applications 239 ACC239 15 Auditing 236 AUD236 10 Business Ethics 211 BET211 10 Management Accounting 234 MAC234 10 Mercantile Law 221 MCR221 10 Taxation 228 TAX228 10 Company Law 211 CPL211 10 Corporate and Financial Management 221 CFM221 10 Sub-total 125 D.112.4 Level 4 Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Managerial Accounting and Finance 334 MAF334 30 Financial Management 324 FIM324 15 Auditing 322 AUD322 30 Taxation 327 TAX327 30 Financial Accounting 324 FIA324 60 Sub-total 150 TOTAL 515 70

D.113 ASSESSMENT Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1 D.114 PROMOTION RULES Unless Senate decides otherwise and subject to rule A.3.2.3 or otherwise provided in the Faculty rules. D.114.1 After one year of enrolment; passed a total of at least 90 credits (30 of which must be degree credits), including Academic Literacy for Business (ALB131), Quantitative Skills for Accounting (QSA131 or Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC132) for repeats, Introduction to SA Accounting (ACC 131 or and ACC130). A student that does not pass ACC132 must register for FIA141 and FIA142, obtain a final mark of at least 60% in FIA142 and attend the summer school. If the student passes the assessments of the Summer School with a mark of at least 55% or more, the student; Will be allowed to continue with the 4 year Accounting programme Will receive 15 credits for ACC132 Will have FIA141 and FIA142 converted to FIA131 and FIA132 or QSC132 or QSA131 (for repeats) and Introduction to SA Accounting (ACC130 or ACC131). D.114.2 A student who passed at least 75 credits in the 1st year of enrolment but does not meet the requirements of D.114.1 will be transferred to BCom extended curriculum 2nd enrolment. D.114.3 D.114.4 D.114.5 D.114.6 D.114.7 D.114.8 After the second year of enrolment passed 180 credits in total (90 of which must be degree credits) including all 1st year level modules and Financial Accounting 131 (or equivalent) and Financial Accounting 132 with at least a final mark of 55%. A student who passes at least 180 credits after two years of enrolment but has not met the requirements of D.119.3 will be transferred to the BCom extended curriculum 3rd enrolment. In every year thereafter passed a total of at least 80 NQF credits, Provided that after five years of enrolment the student has completed the degree; Final promotions are done according to the rules applicable to the degree at the date of first enrolment, provided that the student continues to promote. The latest rules applicable to the degree will be applied (the following year) when further admission was refused or when a student has interrupted his/her studies. D.115 ADVANCE REGISTRATION A student who had not promoted to the 2 nd year of study shall not be allowed to register for more than 90 credits for the year, which shall include all the outstanding 1 st year credits, provided that all prerequisites and co-requisites are met. The student would be permitted to register for 2 nd year modules for the remaining credits. D.116 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.3.2.3, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1 unless otherwise provided in faculty rules. 71

D.117 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME D.117.1 A student will not be allowed to renew his/her registration for the following modules if he/she failed to pass after two attempts: Financial Accounting 131, 132 (with at least a final mark of 55%) (The assessment at the end of the winter/summer school, as applicable to the module, is considered the second attempt opportunity. If a student fails to utilise this opportunity he/she will waive the second attempt) Financial Accounting 214, 225 Financial Accounting 324 Management Accounting 234 Corporate and Financial Management 221 Managerial Accounting and Finance 334 Auditing 236 Auditing 322 Accounting Information Applications 239 Business Ethics 211 Taxation 228 Taxation 327 Academic Literacy for Commerce 131 D117.2 A student who has obtained a final mark after the supplementary exam of 40%-49% for Financial Accounting 131 has the choice to attend either: (a) (b) the Financial Accounting 131 Winter School in order to continue with Financial Accounting 132 (to continue with B. Com (Accounting ECP); OR the Financial Accounting 141 Winter School in order to continue with Financial Accounting 142 (and transition to B.Com ECP) D117.3 A student who has obtained a final mark after the supplementary exam of 30%-39% for Financial Accounting 131 will be eligible to attend the Financial Accounting 141 Winter School in order to continue with Financial Accounting 142 (and transition to B.Com ECP D117.4 A student who has obtained a final mark after the supplementary exam of 50%-54% for Financial Accounting 132 will be eligible to attend the Financial Accounting 132 Summer School in order to continue with Financial Accounting 214 (and continue with B.Com Accounting ECP) D117.5 A student who has obtained a final mark after the supplementary exam of 40-49% for Financial Accounting 132 will be eligible to attend the Financial Accounting 142 Summer School in order to continue with Financial Accounting 241 (and transition to BCom ECP) D117.6 A student who has obtained a final mark after the supplementary exam of 40%-49% for Financial Accounting 214 will be eligible to attend the Financial Accounting 241 Winter School in order to continue with Financial Accounting 242 (and transition to B.Com ECP) D117.7 A student who has obtained a final mark after the supplementary exam of 40%-49% for Financial Accounting 225 will be eligible to attend the Financial Accounting 242 Summer School in order to continue with Financial Accounting 341 (and transition to B. Com ECP) 72

BACHELOR OF COMMERCE (LAW) DEGREE (1221) - (3 years-full time) D.118 ADMISSION Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree: Bachelors in Commerce (Law) D.118.1 Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated from 2008 (a) The National Senior Certificate for Bachelor s Degree study with 4 designated subjects at a rating of 4, plus a score of no less than 30 points calculated according to the University s approved points system, as well as the following specific subject requirements: Level 4 (50-59%) in English (home or 1 st additional language). Level 3 (40-49%) in Another language (home or 1 st additional language) Level 4 (50-59%) in Mathematics D.118.2 Admission rules for applicants who matriculated prior to 2008 (a) Candidates must have obtained a Matriculation Exemption Certificate with a minimum of a C- Aggregate (60%) in Grade 12 with the following subject requirements: HG (40%) Mathematics or SG (60%) Mathematics OR (b) A qualification or level of competence which the Senate of the University has deemed to be equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) above. D. 119 SELECTION As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure. D.120 DURATION Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over three years full-time study. D.121 CURRICULUM D.121.1 Level 1 Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Group 1 Academic Literacy for Commerce 131 ALC131 15 Economics 134 (60% required to continue with ECO at 2nd year level) ECO134 15 Business Statistics 132 BUS132 15 Introduction to Legal Studies 111 ILS111 15 Introduction to Legal Studies 121 ILS121 5 Law of Persons 112 LOP112 15 Quantitative Skills for Commerce 131 QSC131 15 Financial Accounting 141 FIA141 15 73

Group 3 (select 1 module) Principles of Business Management 132 MAN132 15 Industrial Psychology 132 IPS132 15 Information Systems 132 IFS132 15 Sub-total 125 D.121.2 Level 2 Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Constitutional Law 202 CON202 20 Critical Legal Analysis 201 CRI201 10 Family Law 121 FAM121 15 Legal Systems 111 LEG111 10 Legal Interpretation 221 LEG221 10 Law of Things 211 THI211 20 Electives (select 1 group) Group 1 Industrial Psychology 231 IPS231 10 Industrial Psychology 232 IPS232 10 Industrial Psychology 233 IPS233 10 Industrial Psychology 234 IPS234 10 Group 2 Marketing MAN231 10 Operations MAN233 10 Business Finance MAN234 10 Finance and Analytical Techniques MAN235 10 Group 3 Economics 234 ECO234 10 Economics 231 ECO231 10 Economics 232 ECO232 10 Economics 233 ECO233 10 Group 4 Information Systems 231 IFS231 20 Information Systems 233 IFS233 20 Sub-total 125 D.121.3 Level 3 Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Law of Contract 301 CNT301 20 Company Law 211 CPL211 10 Law of Insolvency 311 INS311 10 Labour Law 321 LAB321 15 Law of Negotiable Instruments 321 NEG321 10 Electives (select 1 group) Group 1 Compulsory Economics 331 ECO331 15 Economics 332 ECO332 15 Electives (select 1 sub-group) Group 1.1 Economics 311 ECO311 15 Economics 335 ECO335 15 Group 1.2 Economics 334 ECO334 15 Economics 336 ECO336 15 74

Group 2 Compulsory Industrial Psychology 331 IPS331 15 Industrial Psychology 333 IPS333 15 Industrial Psychology 337 IPS337 15 Electives (select 1 module) Industrial Psychology 335 IPS335 15 Industrial Psychology 336 (Students who choose this module cannot do IPS Hons) IPS336 15 Group 3 Strategic Management MAN304 15 Research and Communication for Business MAN314 15 Services Marketing MAN303 15 Retail Management MAN306 15 Group 4 Strategic Management MAN304 15 Research and Communication for Business MAN314 15 Financial and Analytical Techniques MAN305 15 Financial Management MAN312 15 Group 5 Strategic Management MAN304 15 Research and Communication for Business MAN314 15 Financial and Analytical Techniques MAN305 15 Project Management MAN325 15 Group 6 Strategic Management MAN304 15 Research and Communication for Business MAN314 15 Short Term Insurance IST309 15 Long Term Insurance IST310 15 Group 7 Financial and Analytical Techniques MAN305 15 Investment Management MAN307 15 Investment Analysis MAN308 15 Financial Management MAN312 15 Group 8 Information Systems 361 IFS361 30 Information Systems 362 IFS362 30 Sub-total 125 TOTAL 375 D.122 ASSESSMENT Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1 D.123 PROMOTION RULES Unless Senate decides otherwise and subject to rule A.3.2.3 or otherwise provided in the Faculty rules: D.123.1 Level 1 D.123.1.1 A student is required to pass at least 30 credits in the 1st year of registration and 90 credits per annum thereafter. D.123.1.2 After one year of study, a student must have passed Academic Literacy for Commerce (ALC131/132) and Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC131/132) D.123.1.3 A student shall be promoted to the 2nd year of study on obtaining at least 90 credits. 75

D.123.1.4 After two years of study a student must have passed all 1st year level modules in order to promote. D.123.2 Level 2 D.123.2.1 A student shall be promoted to the 3rd year of study on obtaining at least 210 credits. D.123.2.2 After three years of study a student must have passed all 2nd year level modules in order to promote. D.123.3 Level 3 D.123.3.1 A student shall complete the degree once 375 credits are obtained and all the requirements for the degree are met. D.123.3.2 Final promotions are done according to the rules applicable to the degree at the date of first enrolment, provided that the student continues to promote. D.123.3.3 The latest rules applicable to the degree will be applied (the following year) when further admission was refused or when a student has interrupted his/her studies. D.124 ADVANCE REGISTRATION D.124.1 D.124.2 A student who has not promoted to the 2nd year of study shall not be allowed to register for more than 100 credits for the year, including all the outstanding 1st year credits, provided all the prerequisites and co-requisites are met. A student who has not promoted to the 3rd year of study shall not be allowed to register for more than 100 credits for the year, including all the outstanding 1st year credits, provided all the prerequisites and co-requisites are met. D.125 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.3.2.3, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1 or otherwise provided in the Faculty rules: D.126 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME D.126.1 D.126.2 D.126.3 D.126.4 D.126.5 No full-time student shall be allowed to enrol for more than 135 /140credits in any year of study; The total credit value may only exceed 375 with the permission of Senate; No student shall be allowed in any year of study to enrol for any combination of modules in which there are class and examination timetable clashes. Students who fail Academic Literacy for Commerce (ALC131) and/or Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC131) (or Mathematics 126) in the 1 st semester must repeat and pass Academic Literacy for Commerce (ALC132) and/or Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC132) in the 2 nd semester of 1 st year to qualify for re-admission to 2 nd year. No student shall be allowed to enrol for a module if this contravenes departmental prerequisite rules. 76

D.126.6 To do Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC) 131/132 Level 4 (50-59%) in Mathematics or HG (40%) in Mathematics or SG (50%) in Mathematics D.126.7 D.126.8 D.126.9 To do Economics 133/134 a pass in QSC is required ECO331, ECO332 and ECO311 are required for entry into Honours in Economics If a particular module (providing it is not a compulsory module) has less than 15 students registered at the start of the academic year, the department has the authority to cancel that module. 77

BACHELOR OF ECONOMICS (DEVELOPMENT ECONOMICS) 1181 (4 years full-time) D.127 ADMISSION Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree: Bachelor of Economics (Development Economics) D.127.1 Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated from 2008 (a) The National Senior Certificate for Bachelor s Degree study with 4 designated subjects at a rating of 4, plus a score of no less than 30 points calculated according to the University s approved points system, as well as the following specific subject requirements: Level 4 (50-59%) in English (home or 1 st additional language). Level 3 (40-49%) in Another language (home or 1 st additional language) Level 4 (50-59%) in Mathematics D.127.2 Admission rules for applicants who matriculated prior to 2008 (a) Candidates must have obtained a Matriculation Exemption Certificate with a minimum of a C- Aggregate (60%) in Grade 12 with the following subject requirements: HG (40% E-Symbol) Mathematics or SG (50% - D Symbol) Mathematics (b) OR A qualification or level of competence which the Senate of the University has deemed to be equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) above. D.128 SELECTION As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure. D.129 DURATION Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over four years full-time study. D.130 CURRICULUM D.130.1 Level 1 Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Academic Literacy for Commerce 131 ALC131 15 Business Statistics 132 BUS132 15 Principles of Business Management 131 MAN131 15 Quantitative Skills For Commerce 131 QSC131 15 Public Administration 131 PUA131 15 South African Politics and Government 132 GOV132 15 Local Economic Development 111 LED111 15 Economics 121 ECO121 10 Economics 122 ECO122 10 Sub-total 125 78

D.130.2 Level 2 Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Economics 231 ECO231 10 Economics 232 ECO232 10 Economics 234 ECO234 10 Entrepreneurship - Starting a Small Business MAN201 10 Finance for Small and Medium Enterprises MAN206 10 Marketing MAN231 10 Operations MAN233 10 Public Administration 212 PUA212 10 Public Administration 222 PUA222 10 Economic Profiling & Quantitative Analysis LED211 10 Tourism 211 TOU211 10 Tourism 212 TOU212 10 Sub-total 120 D.130.3 Level 3 Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Economics 331 ECO331 15 Economics 332 ECO332 15 Strategic Management MAN304 15 Project Management MAN325 15 Public Administration 312 PUA312 15 Local Economic Development LED311 15 Industrial Policy IDP311 15 Electives (select 1 module) Economics 334 ECO334 15 Economics 336 ECO336 15 Sub-total 120 D.130.4 Level 4 Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Economics 411 ECO411 15 Economics 412 ECO412 15 Research Methods Essay RME401 15 Research Project 401 REP401 30 Electives (select 3 modules) Economics 413 ECO413 15 Economics 414 ECO414 15 Public Private Partnership or Applied Public Private Partnerships PUB421 15 Applied Project Development / Management PUB422 15 Business Retention & Expansion PUB423 15 Investment Behaviour & Promotion or Investment Promotion PUB424 15 Managing Economic Development Organisations PUB425 15 Sub-total 120 TOTAL 485 79

D.131 ASSESSMENT Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1 D.132 PROMOTION RULES Unless Senate decides otherwise and subject to rule A.3.2.3 or otherwise provided in the Faculty rules: D.132.1 Level 1 D.132.1.1 A student is required to pass at least 60 credits in the 1st year of registration and 90 credits per annum thereafter. D.132.1.2 A student must have passed ECO121 and ECO122 at 1 st year level in order to register for Tourism at 2nd year level. D.132.1.3 After one year of study, a student must have passed Academic Literacy for Commerce and Quantitative Skills for Commerce. D.132.1.4 A student shall be promoted to the 2nd year of study on obtaining at least 90 credits. D.132.1.5 After two years of study a student must have passed all 1st year level modules. D.132.2 Level 2 D.132.2.1 A student shall be promoted to the 3rd year of study on obtaining at least 210 credits. D.132.2.2 After three years of study a student must have passed all 2nd year level modules. D.132.3 Level 3 D.132.3.1 A student shall be promoted to the final year of study on obtaining at least 330 credits. D.132.3.2 After five years of study a student must have passed all 3 rd year level modules. D.132.4 Level 4 D.132.4.1 A student shall complete the degree once 485 credits are obtained and all the requirements for the degree are met. D.132.4.2 Final promotions are done according to the rules applicable to the degree at the date of first enrolment, provided that the student continues to promote. D.132.4.3 The latest rules applicable to the degree will be applied (the following year) when further admission was refused or when a student has interrupted his/her studies. D.133 ADVANCE REGISTRATION D.133.1 D.133.2 A student who has not promoted to the 2nd year of study shall not be allowed to register for more than 100 credits for the year, including all the outstanding 1st year credits, provided all the prerequisites and co-requisites are met. A student who has not promoted to the 3rd year of study shall not be allowed to register for more than 100 credits for the year, including all the outstanding 1st year credits, provided all the prerequisites and co-requisites are met. 80

D.133.3 A student who has not promoted to the 4 th year of study shall not be allowed to register for more than 100 credits for the year, including all the outstanding 1st year credits, provided all the prerequisites and co-requisites are met. D.134 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.3.2.3, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1 or otherwise provided in the Faculty rules: D.135 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME D.135.1 D.135.2 D.135.3 No student shall be allowed in any year of study to enrol for any combination of modules in which there are class and examination timetable clashes. Students who fail Academic Literacy for Commerce (ALC131) and/or Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC131) in the 1 st semester must repeat and pass Academic Literacy for Commerce (ALC132) and/or Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC132) in the 2 nd semester of 1 st year to qualify for re-admission to 2 nd year. If a particular module (providing it is not a compulsory module) has less than 15 students registered at the start of the academic year, the department has the authority to cancel that module. 81

HIGHER CERTIFICATE IN ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT (HCED) D.136 ADMISSION Candidates must be in the possession of a Grade 12 Certificate (Matric) or NSC (National Senior Certificate). OR NQF Level 4 or equivalent Work with a CBO, NGO, and religious or local government department. Speak, read and write English. Have permission and support from their organisation and/or employer in writing. Commit themselves to all study blocks with full time residential attendance, and complete all fieldwork assignments. D. 137 SELECTION Please contact the Fair Share office directly. D.138 DURATION Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over one year full-time study or three years part-time study. D.139 (A) CURRICULUM Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Training Design & Facilitation 118 FSH118 10 Training Design & Facilitation 120 FSH120 10 Communication & Info Management 121 FSH121 10 Development Economics 113 FSH113 10 Organisational Development 115 FSH115 10 Workplace Learning 117 FSH117 40 Research Project 116 FSH 116 10 Gender and Development 119 FSH119 10 Local Governance 127 FSH127 10 TOTAL 120 D.139 (B) CURRICULUM Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Training Design & Facilitation 120 FSH120 10 Communication & Info Management 121 FSH121 10 Development Economics 122 FSH122 10 Organisational Development 123 FSH123 10 Workplace Learning 125 FSH125 40 Research Project 124 FSH 124 10 Gender and Development 126 FSH126 10 Labour Practice 101 LAB101 10 Labour Practice 132 LAB132 10 TOTAL 120 82

D.140 ASSESSMENT Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1 D.141 PROGRESS RULES D.141.1 Block Sessions Unless Senate decides otherwise, a student shall complete the programme in one year. All students attend 98 block sessions spread over the year. D.142 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.4.1, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1 or otherwise provided in the Faculty rules: D.143 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME There are no special requirements for this programme 83

MODULE DESCRIPTORS Please refer to the Faculty of Law Calendar for the module descriptors pertaining to the BCom Law Degree. BCom & BCom (Acc) Extended Curriculum Faculty Economics and Management Science ACADEMIC DEVELOPMENT ANALYTICAL AND CRITICAL THINKING 1 Generic Module Name ANALYTICAL AND CRITICAL THINKING 1 Alpha-numeric Code ACF231 NQF Level 6 NQF Credit Value 15 Semester Proposed semester to be offered. Programmes in which the BCom (Gen) and BCom (Acc) 4-year programme module will be offered After the end of students will be able to demonstrate: - An understanding of the requirements of a valid argument - The ability to recognize logical fallacies in arguments put forward by people - An understanding of methods of reasoning and analysis - The capacity to identify and to avoid poorly reasoned arguments and conclusions - A raised awareness of why clear thinking is important and necessary - An understanding of the relationships between theory and practice using case study material - The ability to select and apply appropriate analytical tools to interpret case studies - The ability to analyses case studies professionally and report on analysis both orally and in writing - The ability to plan and work effectively with others in teams to achieve the above outcomes Main Content - Fundamentals of Argumentation - The Ingredients of Arguments - Fallacies and How Arguments Fail - Case Studies of fallacies - Well Structured Arguments - Become a reasoned person - Linking practical examples to Case Studies - Interpreting, critically analyzing and summarizing cases and examples - Generalizing and theorizing - Formal written and oral presentation of case analysis Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination ALC131/132 ACT101 84

Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer/tutor: 56 Lectures p.w Assignments & tasks: 30 Practical s p.w. Self-study 54 Tutorials p.w. Tests & examinations 10 Other: Please specify Total Learning Time: 154 Method of Student 60% - Tests, case analysis and 40% - Examinations Assessment assignments Assessment Module type Faculty Economics and Management Science ACADEMIC DEVELOPMENT ANALYTICAL AND CRITICAL THINKING 2 Generic Module Name ANALYTICAL AND CRITICAL THINKING 2 Alpha-numeric Code ACF232 NQF Level 6 NQF Credit Value 15 Semester Proposed semester to be offered. Programmes in which the BCom (Gen) Extended Curriculum module will be offered After the end of the module the student will be able to demonstrate: - An understanding of the basic concepts of Business Research - A basic understanding of the research process for a Business Research Project - The ability to identify and clarify a workable research topic - The ability to develop a strategy to gather relevant information - The ability to describe and utilize basic data collection methods e.g.: o Secondary literature searches o Questionnaires/Surveys o Personal interviews - An ability to apply relevant theory to a chosen business-related research topic or case study - An ability to complete an academically-referenced Research Report Main Content - Introduction to Business Research - The research process and project plan - Library resources and internet for materials search - Development of research topic and questions - Conducting literature reviews - Gathering and collating information - Selecting and organizing relevant material and critically evaluating it - Revealing knowledge of and insights into different perspectives, sides or points of view - Preparing and presenting a business research report and/or case study using primary and secondary sources Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination ALC131/132 AND ACF231 ACT302 85

Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer/tutor: 56 Lectures p.w Assignments & tasks: 50 Practical s p.w. Self-study 38 Tutorials p.w. Tests & examinations 6 Other: Please specify Total Learning Time: 150 Method of Student Assessment 60% - Tests, case analysis and assignments 40% - Individual research assignment Assessment Module type Faculty Economics and Management Science ACADEMIC DEVELOPMENT ACADEMIC LITERACY FOR BUSINESS Generic Module Name ACADEMIC LITERACY FOR BUSINESS Alpha-numeric Code ALB131 (1ST SEMESTER) ALB 132 (2ND SEMESTER) NQF Level 6 NQF Credit Value 15 SEMESTER Proposed semester to be ALB131 (1ST SEMESTER) ALB 132 (2ND SEMESTER) offered. Programmes in which the BCom (Gen), BCom (Acc) Extended Curriculum module will be offered ALB aims at improving students listening, note-taking, time management, reading, thinking and writing skills in the four-year programme. After the course students will be able to: - Take notes effectively in lectures. - Read with comprehension and understanding the meaning of words and phrases. - Apply academic reading skills to various texts, such as textbooks, magazines and newspapers - Apply reading and writing skills in other subjects - Plan, structure and write coherent paragraphs in written assignments. - Be able to use the computer to organize and manage information. Main Content - Academic literacy skills such s note-taking, text - analysis, vocabulary development - Various reading strategies such skimming, scanning - and comprehensive reading - Plan, structure and reference written academic work - Familiarize students with digital academic literacy Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer/tutor: 60 Lectures p.w 8 Assignments & tasks: 20 Practical s p.w. Self-study 64 Tutorials p.w. Tests & examinations 6 Other: Please specify Total Learning Time: 150 86

Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Continuous Evaluation: Tasks, class tests and assignments 50% - Term test 10% Examination 40% Faculty Economics and Management Science ACADEMIC DEVELOPMENT INTENSIVE READING AND WRITING Generic Module Name INTENSIVE READING AND WRITING Alpha-numeric Code IRF231 NQF Level 6 NQF Credit Value 15 Semester Proposed semester to be offered. Programmes in which the BCom (Gen) 4-year programme module will be offered At the end of the module student will be able to: - Read academic material comprehensively and critically. - Apply various reading strategies to various kinds of texts. - Assess their progress on the on-line reading programme, Reading Excellence - Write logical, coherent and meaningful academic essays. - Analyse and summarise written texts. - Construct effective business documents. Main Content - Academic reading techniques - Text book analysis - Reading journals magazines & newspapers - Computer-Assisted learning - Establishing the relationship between thinking, and reading & writing - Contextualisation and integration of arguments - Business documents Pre-requisite modules ALC131/132 Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Quantitative Skills for BAdmin Combination Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 70 Lectures p.w 3 Assignments & tasks: 1x3 Practical s p.w 2. Tests & examinations: 12 Tutorials p.w. 4 Practical s: 0 Self-study 60 Other: Please specify 4 Total Learning Time 150 Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Tutorial Class and Gateway Tests 26% Tasks and Assignments 3% Term Tests Final 20% Semester Test 50% Attendance 1% 87

Faculty Economics and Management Science ACCOUNTING/ACADEMIC DEVELOPMENT Introduction to South African Accounting 1 Generic Module Name Introduction to South African Accounting 1 Alpha-numeric Code ACC130 (4-YEAR GENERAL) / ACC131 (4-YEAR ACCOUNTING) NQF Level 5 NQF Credit Value 15 Semester Proposed semester to be offered. Programmes in which the Foundation BCom ACC130 (Gen) and BCom (Acc) ACC131 module will be offered At the end of the module the student will be able to: Record business transactions in the appropriate accounting records up to trial balance. Main Content Accounting as an information system Data processing and double-entry bookkeeping to trial balance Subsidiary journals Accounting for Value Added Tax Periodic and perpetual inventory systems Bank reconciliation procedures Pre-requisite modules Maths SG C or equivalent/quantitative Skills Foundation 131 Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer/tutor: 56 Lectures p.w Assignments & tasks: 42 Practical s p.w. Practical s and self-study 43 Tutorials p.w. Tests & examinations 9 Other: Please specify Total Learning Time: 150 Method of Student Tests and tutorials: 40% final Examination: 60% final mark Assessment mark Assessment Module type ACCOUNTING/ACADEMIC DEVELOPMENT Introduction to South African Accounting 2 Generic module name Introduction to South African Accounting 2 Numeric code ACC132 (4-YEAR ACCOUNTING) Alpha-numeric code ACC132 Credit Value 15 Semester Proposed semester/term programmes in which the BCom (Acc) 4-year programme module is offered Level 5 At the end of the module, students will be able to demonstrate the ability to: Prepare the financial statement of a sole trader based on accrual accounting Do an elementary analysis and interpretation of the financial statements of a sole trader 88

Main Content Accounting as an information system Periodic measurement of income Preparation of the income statement and the balance sheet for a sole trader Elementary analysis and interpretation of the financial statements of a sole trader Pre-requisites ACC130/131 Co-requisites ACC130/131 Prohibited combinations Breakdown of learning time Hours Time-table requirements per week. Contact with lecturer / tutor: 56 Lectures p.w. 3 Assignments & tasks: 42 Practicals p.w. Tests & examinations: 9 Tutorials p.w. 1 Selfstudy 43 Total Learning Time 150 Assessment Type e.g. CAF Tests and tutorials: 40% final mark Examination: 60% final mark ACADEMIC DEVELOPMENT/SCHOOL OF BUSINESS & FINANCE/ECONOMICS Introduction to the Economy and Business Generic module name Introduction to the Economy and Business Numeric Code IEB 133 (For EMS students only) IEB131 (for non-ems students) IEB 134(For repeat students only) Alpha-numeric code IEB131,IEB133, IEB134 Credit Value 15 Semester Proposed semester/term Module Type Programme BCom.4-year programme, B.A., B.Ed, Level 5 At the end of this module, students should be able to: Explain the basic principles of economic theory and their application in the South African economy Understand the role of consumers, producers and the government in the economy. Describe and evaluate South Africa s recent economic performance. Describe and evaluate the requirements for entrepreneurial success in the SA economy Describe/explain the principles of small business functions and apply them to real world settings. Demonstrate an understanding of the environment in which small businesses operate. Develop a business plan for a small business. Main Content Introduction to Economics and basic economic principles Overview of the South African economy Perfect and imperfect competition Production and costs Role of entrepreneurship The environment in which small business operates Establishing a small business. Principles underlying the main functional areas. Compilation of the Business Plan Pre-requisites 89

Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Time-table requirement per week. Contact with lecturer / tutor: 56 Lectures p.w. 3 Assignments & tasks: 30 Practicals p.w. Tests & examinations: 8 Tutorials p.w. 1 Selfstudy 56 Total Learning Time 150 Assessment Type e.g. CAF Business Plan; Tutorial exercises; Oral Presentations; Semester Tests (60%); Examination 40% ACADEMIC DEVELOPMENT QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS FOR COMMERCE Generic Module Name QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS FOR COMMERCE Numeric code QAC231 Alpha-numeric Code QAC231 Credit Value 15 Semester Proposed semester/term Programmes in which the BCom and BCom (ACC) 4-year programme module is offered Level 6 At the end of this module a student should be able to demonstrate the ability to: - Calculate, understand and analyse trends in financial ratios from financial statements. - Deal with basic Capital Budgeting problems (NPV, IRR) - Understand and work with Index Numbers - Calculate and interpret Demand and Supply curves and elasticity - Calculate statistical measures of dispersion - Understand the Normal Distribution curve and its relation to economic and financial situations - Graphically solve simple Linear Programming problems - Understand the meaning of the derivative of a function and perform simple differentiation. Main Content - Application of mathematical and analytical tools to make comparisons of ratios over time, against plan, against industry norms, etc - Time value of money - Capital budgeting - Index numbers - Basic mathematics of Supply and Demand theory and elasticities - Measures of central tendency and dispersion - Normal distributions, z-scores and interpretation - Graphical solution to Linear Programming problems - Introduction to differential calculus. Pre-requisites QSA131 OR QSC131/132 Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Time-table requirement per week. Contact with lecturer / tutor: 56 Lectures p.w. 3 Project 20 Practicals p.w. Tests & examinations: 9 Tutorials p.w. 1 Selfstudy 65 Total Learning Time 150 Assessment Type, e.g. CAF Final Examination = 50% Tests, Assignments and tasks = 50% 90

ACADEMIC DEVELOPMENT QUANTITATIVE SKILLS FOR ACCOUNTING Generic Module Name QUANTITATIVE SKILLS FOR ACCOUNTING Numeric code QSA131 Alpha- numeric Code QSA131 Credit Value 15 SEMESTER Proposed semester/term Programmes in which the BCom (ACC) 4-year programme module is offered Level 5 At the end of this module a student should be able to demonstrate an understand and the ability to solve problems with Commercial applications involving: - Ratio, Rates and Simple Proportion - Discounts and markdowns, breakeven analysis - Time Value of Money - Straight-line and Parabolic graphs with particular reference to revenue/cost/profit, supply/demand. - Exponential and logarithmic curves - Drawing & interpreting statistical charts and calculating mean, median, mode Main Content - Ratio & Proportions, Rates, Approximations - Pricing a product, Profits, Breakeven analysis - Simple interest, Compound interest, Annuities - Straight Line graphs and Parabolas with link to Finance & Economics, e.g. Supply/Demand. - Exponential and Logarithmic equations & graphs with link to Finance & Economics - Descriptive Statistics & Measures of central tendency Pre-requisites Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Hours Time-table requirement per week. Time Contact with lecturer / tutor: 70 Lectures p.w. 3 Tests & examinations: 18 Tutorials p.w. 1 Assignments & Tasks 6 Selfstudy 56 Total Learning Time 150 Assessment Type e.g. CAF Final Examination = 50% Tests, Assignments and tasks = 50% ACADEMIC DEVELOPMENT QUANTITATIVE SKILLS FOUNDATION Generic Module Name QUANTITATIVE SKILLS FOUNDATION Alpha-numeric code QSF131 Module numeric Code QSF131 Credit Value 15 SEMESTER Proposed semester/term Programmes in which the BCom 4-year programme, module is offered Level 5 91

At the end of this module the student should be able to: - demonstrate an understanding of the core (basic) mathematical skills for business - know the difference between mathematical and business-related terms - use mathematical notations, formulae and terminology effectively to solve business-related problems - demonstrate an understanding of thenumber systems - demonstrate knowledge and ability to work with Real numbers, in particular Integers and Rational Numbers. - apply basic operations (+, -, and ) to Real Numbers. i.e. Fractions, Decimal Fractions and Percentages - solve problems in abstract and real-life situations based on Fractions, Decimal Fractions and Percentages. - demonstrate an understanding and the use of Ratios to describe relationship between two or more quantities and solve business problems - demonstrate an understanding of problems on Direct and Inverse proportions - construct Linear Graphs using the table method and show how this relates to the solution of linear equations. - demonstrate an understanding of, and work with, basic Algebra, including polynomials of the first degree and basic operations applied to algebraic expressions. - find Products and Factors of algebraic expressions, and solve problems in these related to Commercial Mathematics. - have developed effective basic calculator skills to solve business related problems more efficiently Main Content - Mathematical Thinking Skills - Problem Solving Skills - Number Systems - Integers, Rational Numbers; Irrational - Numbers - Basic Operations - Calculator Skills - Fractions and Decimal Fractions - Percentages - Ratio and Proportion - Basic Algebra: First degree polynomials; - Basic Operations - Products and factors - Equations and Inequalities - Graphs: Ordered Pairs; Linear and - Quadratic - Powers, Indices and Roots - Measurement, Shape and Space Pre-requisites QLC141/142 Co-requisites QLC141/142 Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Time-table requirement per week. Contact with lecturer / tutor: 70 Lectures p.w. 3 Tests & examinations: 16 Practicals p.w. Assignments & Tasks 4 Tutorials p.w. 1 Selfstudy 60 Total Learning Time 150 Assessment Type e.g. CAF Tutorials, Class and Gateway tests, tasks and Assignments, Term tests (50%) Examination (50%) 92

ACADEMIC DEVELOPMENT QUANTITATIVE LITERACY FOR COMMERCE (QLC141) Generic Module Name QUANTITATIVE LITERACY FOR COMMERCE (QLC141) Alpha-numeric Code QLC141 Numeric Code QLC141 Credit Value 15 SEMESTER Proposed semester/term Programmes in which the BCOM 4-YEAR PROGRAMME, BADMIN module will be offered Level 5 At the end of this module the student should be able to: demonstrate an understanding of the number systems demonstrate knowledge and ability to work with Real numbers, in particular Integers and Rational Numbers. Solve basic arithmetic problems apply basic operations (+, -, and ) to Real Numbers. i.e. Fractions, Decimal Fractions and Percentages simplify algebraic expressions. solve basic algebraic equations including simultaneous equations demonstrate an understanding of problems on Direct and Inverse proportions draw Linear Graphs using the table and algebraic method draw Parabolic Graphs using the table and algebraic method Main Content Mathematical Thinking Skills Problem Solving Skills Number Systems Integers, Rational Numbers; Irrational Numbers Basic Mathematical Operations Calculator Skills Fractions and Decimal Fractions Percentages Basic Algebra: variables, expressions and equations Products and factors Graphs: Ordered Pairs; Linear and Quadratic Linear and Quadratic equations Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Time-table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / 70 Lectures p.w. 3 tutor: Assignments & tasks: 4 Practicals p.w. Practicals: 0 Tutorials p.w. 1 Assessments: tests and 16 exams Selfstudy 60 Total Learning Time 150 Assessment Type e.g. (CAF) CAF: Tutorials, Class and Gateway tests, tasks and assignments, Term Tests (50%) Examination (50%) 93

ACADEMIC DEVELOPMENT QUANTITATIVE SKILLS FOR COMMERCE Generic Module Name QUANTITATIVE SKILLS FOR COMMERCE Alpha-numeric code QSC131/132 Module numeric Code QSC131/132 Credit Value 15 SEMESTER Proposed semester/term Programmes in which the BCom, BCom (ACC) 4-year programme, BCom, BCom Law module is offered Level 5 At the end of this module a student should be able to : demonstrate and understand the ability to solve problems with Commercial applications involving: ratio, rates and simple proportion discounts and markdowns, breakeven analysis time value of money straight-line and parabolic graphs with particular reference to revenue/cost/profit supply/demand exponential and logarithmic curves drawing and interpreting statistical charts and calculating mean, median, mode Main Content Ratio and proportions, rates, approximations Pricing a product, profits, breakeven analysis Simple interest, compound interest, annuities Straight line graphs and parabolas with link to finance and economics e.g. supply/demand Exponential and logarithmic equations and graphs with link to finance and economics Descriptive statistics and measures of central tendency. Pre-requisites QSF131/132 OR QLC (70%) Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations QLC141/142 Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Time-table requirement per week. Contact with lecturer / tutor: 70 Lectures p.w. 3 Tests & examinations: 12 Practicals p.w. Assignments & Tasks 6 Tutorials p.w. 1 Selfstudy 62 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Examination 50% Assessment Tests, assignments and tasks 50% Faculty EMS Academic Development/SBF/Accounting QUANTITATIVE SKILLS FOR FINANCE Generic Module Name QUANTITATIVE SKILLS FOR FINANCE Alpha-numeric Code QSF141 Credit Value 10 1 semester Proposed semester to be 1 offered. Programmes in which the module will be offered B.Com.(Finance), B.Com.(Financial Accounting), B.Com.(Economics) Level 5 94

Year Level 1 At the end of this module a student should be able to demonstrate an understand and the ability to solve problems with Commercial applications involving: - Ratio, Rates and Simple Proportion - Discounts and markdowns, breakeven analysis - Time Value of Money - Straight-line and Parabolic graphs with particular reference to revenue/cost/profit, supply/demand. - Exponential and logarithmic curves - Drawing & interpreting statistical charts and calculating mean, median, mode Main Content - Ratio & Proportions, Rates, Approximations - Pricing a product, Profits, Breakeven analysis - Simple interest, Compound interest, Annuities - Straight Line graphs and Parabolas with link to Finance & Economics, e.g. Supply/Demand. - Exponential and Logarithmic equations & graphs with link to Finance & Economics - Descriptive Statistics & Measures of central tendency Pre-requisite modules NSC MATHEMATICS LEVEL 4 (not Mathematics Literacy) Co-requisite modules ECO142 and FIA141 Prohibited module QSC131/132, QSA131/132, MAM126 Combination Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Time-table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Lectures p.w. 2 Assignments & tasks: 0 Practicals p.w. 0 Practicals: 0 Tutorials p.w. 1 Assessments 7 Selfstudy 53 Total Learning Time 100 Method of Student Assessment Tests, Assignments and tasks = 50% Final Examination = 50% Assessment Module type CAF Business Analysis Business Analysis is offered at the 2 nd year level only to BCom students. The subject comprises of four modules: BSA 201 Quantitiative Business Analysis BSA 203 Analytical & Critical Thinking BSA 204 Introductory Business Research BSA202 Business Communication (This module may only be taken by students with 65% for ALC) Dept to clarify 95

ACADEMIC DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT QUANTITATIVE BUSINESS ANALYSIS Generic Module Name BUSINESS ANALYSIS 201 Numeric code BSA201 Alpha-numeric Code BSA201 Credit Value 10 Semester Proposed semester/term 2 Programmes in which the BCom module will be offered Level 6 At the end of the module a student should be able to demonstrate the ability to: Calculate, understand and analyse trends in financial ratios from financial statements Deal with basic Capital Budgeting problems (NPV, IRR) Understand and work with Index Numbers Calculate and interpret Demand and Supply curves and elasticity Calculate statistical measures of dispersion Understand the Normal Distribution curve and its relation to economic and financial situations Graphically solve simple Linear Programming problems Understand the meaning of the derivative of a function and perform simple differentiation Main Content Application of mathematical and analytical tools to make comparisons of ratios over time, against plan, against industry norms etc Time value of money Capital budgeting Index numbers Basic mathematics of Supply and Demand theory and elasticities Measures of central tendency and dispersion Normal distributions, z-scores and interpretation Graphical solution to Linear Programming problems Introduction to differential calculus Pre-requisite modules QSC131/132 Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Time-table requirement per week. Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Lectures p.w. 1.5 Project 30 Practicals p.w. 0 Tests & examinations: 6 Tutorials p.w. 1 Selfstudy 24 Total Learning Time 100 Assessment Type e.g. CAF Tests, assignments and tasks 50% Examination 50% ACADEMIC DEVELOPMENT BUSINESS ANALYSIS 202 Generic Module Name BUSINESS ANALYSIS 202 Numeric Code BSA202 Alpha-numeric Code BSA202 96

Credit Value 10 Semester Proposed semester/term 2 Programmes in which the BCom module will be offered Level 6 At the end of the module, students will have demonstrated the ability to: Read Business and Academics material comprehensively and critically Apply various reading strategies to various kinds of texts Assess their progress on the on-line reading programme, Reading Excellence Write logical, coherent and meaningful academic essays Analyse and summarize written commercial texts Construct effective business documents Main Content Academic reading techniques Text book analysis Reading business journals, magazines and newspapers Computer-Assisted learning Establishing the relationship between thinking, and reading and Writing Contextualization and integration of arguments Business documents Pre-requisite modules ALC131/132 Co-requisite modules Prohibited module ACF232 Combination Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Time-table requirement per week. Contact with lecturer / tutor: 35 Lectures p.w. 1.5 Project 10 Practicals p.w. 0 Tests & examinations: 5 Tutorials p.w. 1 Selfstudy 30 Other: Please specify 20 Total Learning Time 100 Assessment Type e.g. CAF Examination 40% Continuous Evaluation: 60%Tests, tutorials, assignments ACADEMIC DEVELOPMENT BUSINESS ANALYSIS 203 Generic Module Name BUSINESS ANALYSIS 203 Numeric code BSA203 Alpha-numeric Code BSA203 Credit Value 10 Semester Proposed semester/term 2 Programmes in which the BCom module will be offered Level 6 On completion of the module students will be able to demonstrate (a) an understanding of: The requirements of valid arguments and methods of reasoning and analysis 97

The relationships between theory and practice using case study materials (b) the ability to Recognize logical fallacies in arguments and to avoid poorly reasoned arguments and conclusions Select and apply appropriate analytical tools to interpret case studies Analyse case studies professionally and report these results orally and in writing Plan and work in teams to achieve these outcomes Main Content The ingredients of arguments Fallacies and How arguments fail Case studies of fallacies Well structured arguments Becoming a reasoning person Linking practical examples to case studies Interpreting, summarizing and critically analyzing cases Generalising and theorizing Formal written and oral presentation of case analysis Pre-requisite modules ALC131/132 Co-requisite modules Prohibited module ACF231 Combination Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Time-table requirement per week. Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Lectures p.w. 1.5 Project 20 Practicals p.w. 0 Tests & examinations: 6 Tutorials p.w. 1 Selfstudy 34 Total Learning Time 100 Methods of Student Assessment Examination 40% Continuous Evaluation: 60%Tests, tutorials, assignments ACADEMIC DEVELOPMENT BUSINESS ANALYSIS 204 Generic Module Name BUSINESS ANALYSIS 204 Alpha-numeric Code BSA204 Credit Value 10 Semester Proposed semester/term 2 Programmes in which the BCom module will be offered Level 6 After the course students will be able to demonstrate: An understanding of the basic concepts of Business Research A basic understanding of the research process for a Business Research Project The ability to identify and clarify a workable research topic The ability to develop a strategy to gather relevant information The ability to describe and utilize basic data collection methods An ability to apply relevant theory to a chosen businessrelated research topic or case study An ability to complete an academically-referenced Research Report 98

Main Content Introduction to Business Research The research process and project plan Library resources and internet for materials search Development of research topic and questions Conducting literature reviews Gathering and collating information Selecting and recognize relevant material and critically evaluating it Revealing knowledge of and insights into different perspectives, sides or points of view Preparing and presenting a business research report and/or case study using primary and secondary sources Pre-requisite modules BSA203 Co-requisite modules Prohibited module ACF231 Combination Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Time-table requirement per week. Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Lectures p.w. 2 Project 30 Practicals p.w. 1 Tests & examinations: 6 Tutorials p.w. 1 Selfstudy 24 Total Learning Time 100 Assessment Topic e.g. CAF Examination 40% Continuous Evaluation: 60%Tests, tutorials, assignments Module Descriptors BCom 3-Year Programme: Academic Literacy for Commerce ACADEMIC DEVELOPMENT ACADEMIC LITERACY FOR COMMERCE 131/132 Generic Module Name ACADEMIC LITERACY FOR COMMERCE 131/132 Numeric code ALC131(Full time and part-time) ALC132 (Full time repeat module only) Alpgha-numeric Code ALC131 /ALC132 Credit Value 15 Proposed semester/term SEMESTER Programmes in which the BCom, BCom Accounting, BCom Law, BAdmin, BCom, BCom module is offered (ACC) 4-year programme Level 5 ALC 131/132 aims at improving first-year students academic literacy skills, and the use of productivity software. After the course students will be able to: Demonstrate the use of various listening and note-taking strategies. Demonstrate an understanding of group dynamics. Demonstrate an understanding of analytical and critical thinking Apply critical and analytical reading skills in various contexts, e.g. text books & articles in journals, newspapers, magazines. Write well constructed- written assignments and academic essays. 99

Use references and quotations in a coherent and appropriate manner. Summarise main and supporting ideas in written texts. Write well-constructed reports and proposals. Effectively utilize IT-based productivity tools to organize and manage information. Main Content Listening and note-taking skills Group dynamics skills Critical thinking skills Reading skills Writing skills Referencing skills Digital information literacy skills Pre-requisites ALB 131 for 4-year programme students only Co-requisites ALB 131 for 4-year programme students only Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Time-table requirement per week. Contact with lecturer / tutor: 60 Lectures p.w. 3 Tests & examinations: 6 Practicals p.w. Assignments & Tasks 30 Tutorials p.w. 1 DAL 14 Selfstudy 40 Total Learning Time 150 Assessment Type e.g. CAF Department of Accounting Continuous evaluation: 60% - tests, tutorials and major assignments 40% - examinations Accounting for Management ACM231 and ACM233 will be offered for the last time in 2013 Second Year Faculty EMS Department of Accounting Accounting information applications Generic Module Name Accounting Information Applications 239 Alpha-numeric Code ACC239 NQF Level 6 NQF Credit Value 15 1 Year Proposed semester to be Year offered. Programmes in which the BCom (Accounting) module will be offered BCom (Accounting) Extended Curriculum Year level 2 At the end of the module, students should be able to: Demonstrate an understanding of the need for access to information Be familiar with and identify the opportunities to use information as a business tool. Demonstrate an understanding of the basic components of a business process mode. Use process models to document business activities Critically appraise a business process model 100

Enhance financial reporting using IT tools Use spreadsheets to analyses business data Use accounting software packages to process accounting information Be familiar with the controls in an accounting information package available for implementation by management for internal control purposes. Be familiar with certain functions in MS Excel to be able to utilise it for integration with other subject areas Main Content The role of information within business Business processes and enterprise software Process using computerized accounting packages Using Internet tools in an accounting context Selected themes as determined by the Department of Accounting Pre-requisite modules IFS131 or IFS132 Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Time-table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer /tutor: 56 Lectures p.w. 1 Assignments & tasks: 20 Practicals p.w. 1 Practicals: 28 Tutorials p.w. 1 Assessments 20 Selfstudy 26 Other: Please specify Total Learning Time 150 Method of Student Assessment Tests and tutorials: 60% Examination: 40% Subject area: Financial Accounting B. Com (Accounting) Level 1 Faculty Economic and Management Sciences Accounting Financial Accounting Generic module name Financial Accounting 131 Alpha-numeric code FIA131 Credit Value 15 Semester Proposed semester to be First offered. Programmes in which the B Com(Acc) and module is offered. B Com (Acc) Extended Curriculum Level 5 Year Level 1 At the end of the module the learner should be able to prepare: -the financial statements of a sole trader - various control accounts and their reconciliation (ie. Debtors, creditors, bank) Main Content Accounting as information system Introduction to GAAP and the IFRS Framework Data processing and double-entry bookkeeping Subsidiary journals Control accounts and reconciliation 101

Revenue recognition and profit determination Inventory Property, plant and equipment Financial statement preparation B.Com(Acc) Extended Curriculum: ACC132 ACM131 or ACM132 or FIA141 Pre-requisites Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Time-table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 56 Lectures p.w.3 Assignments & tasks: 5 Practicals p.w 0. Assessment 9 Tutorials p.w. 1 Selfstudy 80 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment Tests and Tutorials : 40% Examination : 60% Assessment Module type CFA Faculty Economic and Management Sciences Accounting Financial Accounting Generic module name Financial Accounting 132 Alpha-numeric code FIA132 Credit Value 15 Semester Proposed semester to be Second offered. Programmes in which the module is offered. B Com (Acc) and B Com (Acc) Extended Curriculum Level 5 Year Level 1 At the end of the module the learner should be able to prepare: the financial statements of various forms of business entities. an analysis of accrual financial statements Main Content Non- current assets Accounting for various forms of business entities Companies Non profit organisations etc. Statement of cash flows Reading and analysis of financial statements. Pre-requisites FIA131 Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations FIA142 Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 56 Time-table Requirement per week Assignments & tasks: 5 Lectures p.w. 3 Assessment 9 Practicals p.w. 0 Practicals: 0 Tutorials p.w. 1 Selfstudy 80 Other: Please specify Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Tests and Tutorials : 40% Examination : 60% Assessment Assessment Module type CFA 102

Level 2 Faculty Economic and Management Sciences Accounting Financial Accounting 214 Generic module name Financial Accounting 214 Alpha-numeric code FIA214 Credit Value 20 Semester Proposed semester to be First offered. Programmes in which the module is offered. B.Com(Acc) and B Com (Acc) Extended Curriculum Level 6 Year Level 2 At the end of the module the learner should be able to: Recognize, measure and disclose the effects of business transactions and other events and conditions on a reporting entity in compliance with the accounting treatment prescribed by Generally Accepted Accounting Practice, including International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS), and prepare financial reports for the reporting entity and the group in accordance with GAAP. Main Content Detailed application of a selection of statements of Generally Accepted Accounting Practice, including selected standards from International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) and accounting for group situations. Pre-requisites FIA 131 and a final mark of 55% for FIA132 or equivalent. Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations FIA241 Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Time-table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 70 Lectures p.w. 4 Assignments & tasks: 10 Practicals p.w. 0 Assessment 0 Tutorials p.w. 1 Practicals: 13 Selfstudy 107 Total Learning Time 200 Methods of Student Tests and Tutorials : 40% Examination : 60% Assessment Assessment Module type CFA Faculty Economic and Management Sciences Accounting Financial Accounting Generic module name Financial Accounting 225 Alpha-numeric code FIA225 Credit Value 20 Semester Proposed semester to be Second offered. Programmes in which the module is offered. B.Com(Acc) and B Com (Acc) Extended Curriculum Level 6 103

Year Level 2 At the end of the module the learner should be able to: Recognize, measure and disclose the effects of business transactions and other events and conditions on a reporting entity in compliance with the accounting treatment prescribed by Generally Accepted Accounting Practice, including International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS), and prepare financial reports for the reporting entity and the group in accordance with GAAP. Main Content Detailed application of a selection of statements of Generally Accepted Accounting Practice, including selected standards from International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) and accounting for group situations. Pre-requisites FIA214 Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations FIA242 Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Time-table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 70 Lectures p.w. 4 Assignments & tasks: 10 Practicals p.w. 0 Assessment 0 Tutorials p.w. 1 Practicals: 13 Selfstudy 107 Total Learning Time 200 Methods of Student Assessment Tests and Tutorials : 40% final mark Examination : 60% final mark Assessment Module type CFA Level 3 Faculty Economic and Management Sciences Accounting Financial Accounting Generic module name Financial Accounting 324 Alpha-numeric code FIA324 Credit Value 60 Year Proposed semester to be Year course offered. Programmes in which the B.Com(Acc) and module is offered. B.Com(Acc) Extended Curriculum Level 7 Year Level 3 At the end of this module, the learner should be able to: Recognize, measure and disclose the effects of business transactions and other events and conditions on a reporting entity in compliance with the accounting treatment prescribed by Generally Accepted Accounting Practice, including International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS), and prepare financial reports for the reporting entity and the group in accordance with GAAP. Main Content Detailed application of a selection of statements of Generally Accepted Accounting Practice, including selected standards from International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) and accounting for group situations. 104

Pre-requisites FIA214 and FIA225 Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations FIA341 and FIA342 Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Time-table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 168 Lectures p.w. 5 Assignments & tasks: 10 Practicals p.w.0 Assessment 0 Tutorials p.w. 1 Practicals: 15 Selfstudy 407 Total Learning Time 600 Methods of Student Tests and Tutorials : 50% final mark Assessment Examination : 50% final mark (Two three hour examination papers) Assessment Module type CFA 105

Subject area: Financial Accounting B. Com (Financial Accounting) Level 1 Faculty Economic and Management Sciences Accounting Financial Accounting Generic Module Name Financial Accounting 141/143 Alpha-numeric Code FIA141/FIA143 Credit Value 15 Semester Proposed semester to be offered FIA141 First semester FIA 143 Second semester Programmes in which the University module will be offered Level 5 Year Level 1 Students should be able to: Define and apply the accounting concepts relating to the elements of the accounting equation. Record transactions using the double entry system. Distinguish between cash and accrual accounting. Apply accrual accounting and other adjustments to the preadjustment trial balance. Distinguish between two methods of recording inventory and be able to apply both. Prepare various control accounts and their reconciliation. Prepare the financial statements of a service and trading business. Analyse and do a basic interpretation of the financial statements of a sole proprietor. Main Content Accounting as information system Data processing and double-entry bookkeeping Accounting for Value Added Tax. Operation of cash controls Bank reconciliation procedures Preparation of the financial statements (excluding statement of cash flows) of a sole trader Elementary analysis and interpretation of the financial statements of a sole trader Pre-requisite modules B.Com Extended Programme: ACC130 or ACC131 or ACC133 and QSF131 or QSF132 Co-requisite modules QSF141 or QSC131 or QSC132 or MAT126 Prohibited module FIA131 Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Hours Time-table Requirement per week Time Contact with lecturer / tutor: 56 Lectures p.w. 3 Assignments & tasks: 28 Practicals p.w. 0 Practicals: 0 Tutorials p.w. 1 Assessments 13 Selfstudy 53 Total Learning Time 150 Method of Student Assessment Tests and Tutorials : 50% final mark Examination : 50% final mark Assessment Module type CFA 106

Faculty Economic and Management Sciences Accounting Financial Accounting Generic Module Name Financial Accounting 142 Alpha-numeric Code FIA142 Credit Value 10 Semester Proposed semester to be Second offered. Programmes in which the University module will be offered Level 5 Year Level 1 At the end of the module, the learner should be able to: Apply the conceptual framework to the preparation of financial statements of different entities Prepare the statement of cash flows on either the direct or indirect method Apply the statement of cash flows in the analysis of performance and financial position of an entity Analyse and interpret financial statements Main Content Record transactions manually in subsidiary journals and ledgers and do relevant controls Recognition, measurement and classification of elements of the financial statements Financial Statements(Including statement of cash flows) of different entities: Close Corporations Companies Non Profit Organisations Analysis and Interpretation of financial statements Pre-requisite modules FIA141 or passed the special assessment after completion of the FIA141 Winter School and QSF141 or Qsc131 or equivalent and ALC131 Co-requisite modules Prohibited module FIA132 Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Time-table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 56 Lectures p.w. 3 Assignments & tasks: 14 Practicals p.w. 0 Practicals: 0 Tutorials p.w. 1 Assessments 9 Selfstudy 21 Total Learning Time 100 Method of Student Tests and, tutorials: 50%of Examination:50% of Final mark Assessment Final mark Assessment Module type CFA 107

Level 2 Faculty Economic and Management Sciences Accounting Financial Accounting Generic Module Name Financial Accounting 241 Alpha-numeric Code FIA241 Credit Value 20 Semester Proposed semester to be First offered. Programmes in which the B Com (Financial Accounting), B Com (Finance), B Com module will be offered Level 6 Year Level 2 At the end of the module, the learner should be able to: Prepare and present company annual financial statements including disclosure of relevant notes to the financial statements Manually and by means of an accounting software package calculate financial ratios Analyse and interpret financial statements Main Content Conceptual Framework and preparation and presentation of financial statements. Basic income tax calculations and deferred tax principles Initial recognition and measurement, subsequent measurement and disclosure of the following selected elements of financial statements in terms of International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS): Revenue Inventory Property, plant & equipment Intangible assets Provisions, contingent liabilities and contingent assets Utilising accounting software in order to calculate financial ratios of a company Analysis and interpretation of financial statements Capita selecta as determined by the Department of Accounting. Pre-requisite modules FIA 141 and FIA 142 or FIA 131 and FIA 132 or FIA131 and passed the special assessment after completion of FIA142 Summer School Co-requisite modules Prohibited module FIA214 Combination Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Time-table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 56 Lectures p.w. 3 Assignments & tasks: 40 Practicals p.w. 0.5 Practicals: 9 Tutorials p.w. 1 Assessments 14 Selfstudy 81 Total Learning Time 200 Method of Student Assessment 50% Tests, practicals & assignments 50% Exam Assessment Module type CFA 108

Faculty Economic and Management Sciences Accounting Financial Accounting Generic Module Name Financial Accounting 242 Alpha-numeric Code FIA242 Credit Value 20 Semester Proposed semester to be Second semester offered. Programmes in which the B Com (Financial Accounting), B Com (Finance), B Com module will be offered Level 6 Year Level 2 At the end of the module, the learner should be able to: Prepare and present company annual financial statements including the disclosure of relevant notes to the financial statements Calculate the effect on financial statements as result of management decisions relating to changes in accounting policies, estimates and the effect of fundamental errors Prepare basic business combinations Undertake financial analysis and interpretation of financial statements and report thereon Assess business and financial risk Main Content Initial recognition and measurement, subsequent measurement and disclosure of the following selected elements of financial statements in terms of International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS): Net profit, prior period errors and changes in accounting policy Events after reporting period Earnings per share Statement of cash flows Financial structure and financial instruments Financial analysis and decision making Basic business combinations Borrowing costs Interpretation of financial analysis of a company including the identification of any financial and business risk and reporting thereon Use the report writer of an accounting package to prepare reports to management on the financial performance and financial position of a company Capita selecta as determined by the Department of Accounting. Pre-requisite modules FIA 241 or FIA 214 or passed the special assessment after completion of the FIA241 Winter School Co-requisite modules Prohibited module FIA225 Combination Breakdown of Learning Hours Time-table Requirement per week Time Contact with lecturer / tutor: 56 Lectures p.w. 3 Assignments & tasks: 40 Practicals p.w. 0.5 Practicals: 14 Tutorials p.w. 1 Assessments 9 Selfstudy 81 Total Learning Time 200 Method of Student Assessment 50% Tests, practicals & assigments 50% Exam Assessment Module type CFA 109

Level 3 Faculty Economic and Management Accounting Accounting Financial Accounting Generic Module Name Financial Accounting 341 Alpha-numeric Code FIA341 Credit Value 30 Semester Proposed semester to be 1 offered. Programmes in which the B Com (Financial Accounting), B.Com module will be offered Level 7 Year Level 3 At the end of the module, the learner should be able to: Prepare and present financial statements for companies in terms of International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS); Main Content This module will cover the following specific topics: The Conceptual Framework; Preparation and presentation Financial Statements, including the statement of cash flows and notes to the financial statements; A selection of standards from International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS), including but not limited to the following: Financial instruments: Disclosures; Taxation; Leases; Property, plant and equipment; Investment property; Intangible assets; Provisions, contingent assets and liabilities Borrowing costs; Earnings per share (separate companies); Events after the reporting period. The IFRS on Construction Contracts will be covered on the level of awareness Write reports on financial and business risk as well as on financial performance and financial position. Pre-requisite modules FIA241 and FIA242 or FIA214 and FIA225 or FIA214 and passed the special assessment after completion of the FIA242 Summer School Co-requisite modules Prohibited module FIA324 Combination Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Time-table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 70 Lectures p.w. 4 Assignments & tasks: 112 Practicals p.w. 0 Practicals: 0 Tutorials p.w. 1 Assessments 9 Selfstudy 109 Total Learning Time 300 Method of Student Assessment Tests, tutorials and practicals: 50% of final mark Examination: 50% of final mark Assessment Module type CFA 110

Faculty Economic and Management Accounting Accounting Financial Accounting Generic Module Name Financial Accounting 342 Alpha-numeric Code FIA342 Credit Value 30 Semester Proposed semester to be 2 offered. Programmes in which the B Com (Financial Accounting), B Com module will be offered Level 7 Year Level 3 At the end of the module, the learner should be able to: Prepare and present separate and consolidated financial statements for companies in terms of International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS); Main Content This module will cover the following specific topics: Group financial statements; Preparation and presentation of Group Financial Statements, including the group statement of cash flows and notes to the group financial statements; Selected standards from International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS), including but not limited to the following: Taxation; Share based payments; Segmental reporting; Earnings per share (group); Foreign entities and the effects of changes in foreign exchange rates; Non-current assets held for sale and discontinued operations; Related party disclosure. The IFRS on share based payments and segmental reporting will be covered at the level of awareness Case study of a group annual report of a selected listed public company. Pre-requisite modules FIA341 Co-requisite modules Prohibited module FIA324 Combination Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Time-table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 70 Lectures p.w. 4 Assignments & tasks: 112 Practicals p.w. 0 Practicals: 0 Tutorials p.w. 1 Assessments 9 Selfstudy 109 Total Learning Time 300 Method of Student Assessment Tests, tutorials and practicals: 50% of final mark Examination: 50% of final mark Assessment Module type CFA 111

Subject area: Auditing B Com (Accounting) programme Level 2 Auditing Alpha-numeric Code AUD236 Credit Value 10 Semester Proposed Semester to be 2 Offered Programmes in which the Module is Offered B Com (Accounting) and B Com (Accounting) Extended Curriculum Level 6 Year Level 2 Upon completion of the module, a student should be able to: Explain the functions and responsibilities of an external auditor. Explain the importance of ethical behaviour by professional accountants, and apply SAICA s Code of Professional Conduct to scenario-type questions. Apply the Auditing Profession Act, specifically sections 45 and 46, to scenario-type questions. Explain the flow of the external audit process. Explain concepts and principles important to the external audit process, e.g. materiality and risk assessment. Perform a basic risk assessment. Calculate materiality, with motivation. Explain control techniques. Design basic internal control systems, identify weaknesses in a control system and recommend improvement to address such weaknesses. Draft tests of controls. Explain the different types of reports that an external auditor can issue. Main Content An introduction to external auditing SAICA s Code of Professional Conduct The Auditing Profession Act The audit process Materiality determination Risk assessment Internal control techniques Audit testing techniques The application of control techniques to two cycles The application of audit testing techniques to two cycles Pre-requisites BET211 Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations AUD241 and AUD242 Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Time-table Requirements per Week Contact with Lecturer/Tutor 42 Lectures 2 Assignments and Tasks 7 Practicals 0 Assessments 15 Tutorials 1 Practicals 0 Self-study 36 Total Learning Time 100 Methods of Student Assessment Coursework: 50% of final mark Final exam: 50% of final mark Assessment Module Type CFA 112

Faculty Economic and Management Sciences Accounting Business Ethics Generic Module Name Business Ethics 211 Alpha-numeric Code BET211 Credit Value 10 Semester Proposed Semester to be 1 Offered Programmes in which the B Com (Accounting) and Module is Offered B Com (Accounting) Extended Curriculum Level 6 Year Level 2 Upon completion of the module, a student should be able to: Explain the purpose of this module, as well as the arguments for and against the teaching of ethics at tertiary level. Explain the arguments for and against the notion that ethics belongs in the business environment. Explain the core elements of some important value systems, including the African value system, Judaism and Christianity, and Islam. Explain the ideas of ethical absolutism and relativism, and criticize extreme relativism. Explain the basic theory of the following theories of ethics, and criticize the theories: Virtue ethics. Rule morality, and more specifically Kant s version thereof. Utilitarianism, and more specifically Bentham s and Mill s versions thereof. Make ethical decisions by applying Kant s version of rule morality and Bentham s and Mill s versions of utilitarianism to scenarios. Explain a process that can be used for the purposes of ethical decision-making. Explain the argument in favour of a free market system as put forward by Adam Smith. Explain Karl Marx s theory about the inevitable march of history, and criticize his theory. Explain the central ideas of some theories of economic justice. Explain some notions about the moral obligations of the corporation, specifically corporate social responsibility. Explain the basic ideas of corporate governance, focusing on the role of the board of directors. Explain the arguments relating to executive remuneration as a contentious governance-related matter. Explain the steps in the process of ethics management, and the problems involved in ethics management, particularly in the context of a company with suppliers in developing countries. Explain the characteristics of a profession, and how those characteristics apply to the accounting and auditing professions. Explain the basic structure of IFAC s Code of Conduct, as adopted by SAICA and IRBA, and the fundamental principles 113

in that code. Explain three theories about the nature of the organization. Main Content Some important value systems General theory of ethics Issues of macro-ethics The moral obligations of the modern corporation An introduction to corporate governance Ethics management The professional status of the professional accountant Some organisational theories Pre-requisites FIA132 or equivalent; and ALC131 or ALC132 Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations BET242 Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Time-table Requirements per Week Contact with Lecturer/Tutor 28 Lectures 2 Assignments and Tasks 30 Practicals 0 Assessments 5.5 Tutorials 0 Practicals 0 Self-study 36.5 Total Learning Time 100 Methods of Student Assessment Coursework: 60% of final mark Final exam: 40% of final mark Assessment Module Type CFA Faculty EMS Department of Accounting Accounting information applications Generic Module Name Accounting Information Applications 239 Alpha-numeric Code ACC239 NQF Level 6 NQF Credit Value 15 1 Year Proposed semester to be Year offered. Programmes in which the BCom (Accounting) module will be offered BCom (Accounting) Extended Curriculum Year level 2 At the end of the module, students should be able to: Demonstrate an understanding of the need for access to information Be familiar with and identify the opportunities to use information as a business tool. Demonstrate an understanding of the basic components of a business process mode. Use process models to document business activities Critically appraise a business process model Enhance financial reporting using IT tools Use spreadheets to analyse business data Use accounting software packages to process accounting information Be familiar with the controls in an accounting information package available for implementation by management for internal control purposes. Be familiar with certain functions in MSExcel to be able to utilise it for integration with other subject areas 114

Main Content The role of information within business Business processes and enterprise software Process using computerized accounting packages Using Internet tools in an accounting context Selected themes as determined by the Department of Accounting Pre-requisite modules IFS131 or IFS132 Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Time-table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 56 Lectures p.w. 1 Assignments & tasks: 20 Practicals p.w. 1 Practicals: 28 Tutorials p.w. 1 Assessments 20 Selfstudy 26 Other: Please specify Total Learning Time 150 Method of Student Assessment Tests and tutorials: 60% Examination:40% Assessment Module type CFA Level 3 Faculty Economic and Management Sciences Accounting Auditing Generic Module Name Auditing 322 Alpha-numeric Code AUD322 Credit Value 30 Year Proposed Semester to be Year Offered Programmes in which the B Com (Accounting) and Module will be Offered B Com (Accounting) Extended Curriculum Level 7 Year Level 3 At the end of the module, a student should be able to: Discuss, explain and apply the regulatory principles, particularly as contained in the International Standards of Auditing, governing the external auditor s work. Discuss and apply the various stages of the external audit process to a given scenario. Apply the principles and concepts governing the various stages of the external audit process, e.g. materiality and risk assessment Design, evaluate, test and criticize the internal controls systems in a given scenario. Design, for manual and computerised environments, audit programmes. Formulate, select and discuss the appropriate type of audit report that an external auditor can issue in a given situation. Critically discuss and apply principles of corporate governance. All of the outcomes found in the Auditing 236 module descriptor are examinable in this module. 115

Main Content The stages of the external audit process Concepts and principles important to the external audit process, e.g. materiality and risk assessment The regulatory environment governing the external auditor s work, including International Standards of Auditing Internal controls in manual and computerised environments Audit testing in manual and computerised environments The reports that an external auditor can issue Corporate governance IT applications Pre-requisites AUD236, FIA214 Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations AUD341 Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Time-table Requirements per Week Contact with Lecturer/Tutor 100 Lectures pw 0 Assignments and Tasks 30 Practicals pw 0 Practicals 10 Tutorials pw 0 Assessments 12 Self-study 148 Total Learning Time 300 Methods of Student Assessment Coursework: 50% of final mark Final exam: 50% of final mark Assessment Module Type CFA Subject area: Auditing B Com (Financial Accounting) Level 2 Faculty Economic and Management Accounting Accounting Internal Auditing Generic Module Name Auditing 241 Alpha-numeric Code AUD241 Credit Value 10 Semester Proposed Semester to be Offered 1 Programmes in which the B Com (Financial Accounting), B.Com Module will be Offered Level 6 Year Level 2 Upon completion of the module, a student should be able to: Explain basic theory relating to the role of the internal auditing function in the modern corporation Explain types of internal audit Explain the importance of the Institute of InternaI Auditors standards for the professional practice of internal auditing, and apply some of these standards to scenario-type questions Explain the performance objectives of organisations Explain important concepts relating to risk assessment, and perform basic risk assessments Explain control frameworks, with an emphasis on control techniques Explain how audit evidence can be collected and assessed Explain the flow of the internal audit process Main Content The emerging role of internal auditing 116

Pre-requisite Modules Types of internal audit The Institute of Internal Auditors standards for the professional practice of internal auditing The performance objectives of organisations Risk assessment Control frameworks Audit evidence The internal audit process and documentation FIA141 or FIA131, AND ALC131 or ALC132 AUD236 Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Time-table Requirement per Week Contact with Lecturer/Tutor 42 Lectures pw. 0 Assignments and Tasks 16 Practical pw 0 Practicals 0 Tutorialspw 0 Assessments 7 Self-study 35 Total Learning Time 100 Methods of Student Assessment CAM: 50% of final mark Final exam: 50% of final mark Assessment Module Type CFA Faculty Economic and Management Accounting Accounting Internal Auditing Generic Module Name Auditing 242 Alpha-numeric Code AUD242 Credit Value 10 Semester Proposed Semester to be Offered 2 Programmes in which the B Com (Financial Accounting), B Com Module will be Offered Level 6 Year Level 2 Upon completion of the module, a student should be able to: Explain the flow of the internal audit process Explain basic theory relating to control and performance evaluation, e.g. the purpose of controls and the types of controls Explain the theory relating to audit engagement tools, statistics and quantitative methods, focusing on the application of sampling Explain the steps to be followed during the planning phase of the internal audit engagement Explain the steps to be followed when drafting an audit report, including follow-up actions Apply the above theory to scenario-type questions Explain sound corporate governance practices, and apply corporate governance theory to scenario-type questions Explain the interaction between an organisation s financial accounting function, internal audit function and external auditors Explain the internal auditor s duties regarding the organisation s regulatory and legal compliance Main Content The internal audit process and documentation Control and performance evaluation 117

Audit engagement tools, statistics and quantitative methods Engagement planning Audit reporting and follow-up Corporate governance The internal audit function and financial accounting and finance The legal and regulatory environment Auditing in a computerised environment General and application controls CAATS AUD241 AUD236 Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Time-table Requirement per Week Contact with Lecturer/Tutor 42 Lectures : 3 Assignments and Tasks 18 Practical : 0 Practicals 0 Tutorials : 0 Assessments 5 Self-study 35 Total Learning Time 100 Methods of Student Assessment CAM: 50% of final mark Final exam: 50% of final mark Assessment Module Type CFA Faculty Economic and Management Sciences Accounting Business Ethics Generic Module Name Business Ethics 242 Alpha-numeric Code BET242 Credit Value 10 Semester Proposed semester to be offered. 2 Programmes in which the module B Com(Financial Accounting), B Com (Finance), B Com will be offered (Human Resources), B Com Level 6 Year Level 2 Upon successful completion of this module, a student should be able to: Explain the purpose of this module, as well as the arguments for and against the teaching of ethics at tertiary level. Explain the arguments for and against the notion that ethics belongs in the business environment. Explain some core elements of some important value systems, including the African value system, Judaism and Christianity, and Islam. Explain the ideas of ethical absolutism and relativism, and criticise extreme relativism. Explain the basic theory of the following theories of ethics, and criticise the theories: Virtue ethics Rule morality, and more specifically Kant s version thereof Utilitarianism, and more specifically Bentham s and Mill s versions thereof Apply Kant s version of rule morality and Bentham s and Mill s versions of utilitarianism to scenarios. Explain a process that can be used for the purposes of ethical decision-making. 118

Main Content Explain the argument in favour of a free market system as put forward by Smith. Explain Marx s theory about the inevitable march of history, and criticise his theory. Explain the central ideas of some theories of economic justice Explain some notions about the moral obligations of the corporation, specifically corporate social responsibility. Explain the basic ideas of corporate governance, focusing on the role of the board of directors. Explain the arguments relating to executive remuneration as a contentious governance-related matter. Explain the steps in the process of ethics management, and the problems involved in ethics management, particularly in the context of a company with suppliers in developing countries. Explain three theories about the nature of the organisation. Some value systems Some important ethical theories The free market system and the Marxist critique of the free market system The moral obligations of the corporation Corporate governance Ethics management Some theories about the nature of the organisation ALC131 or ALC132 Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination BET211 A. Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Time-table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Lectures p.w. 2 Assignments & tasks: 30 Practicals p.w. 0 Practicals: 0 Tutorials p.w. 0 Assessments 5.5 Selfstudy 36.5 Total Learning Time 100 Method of Student Assessment CAM: 60% Exam: 40% Assessment Module type CFA Level 3 Faculty Economic and Management Sciences Accounting Internal Auditing Generic Module Name Auditing 341 Alpha-numeric Code AUD341 Credit Value 15 Semester Proposed Semester to be Offered 1 Programmes in which the B.Com (Financial Accounting) Module will be Offered Level 7 Year Level 3 Upon completion of the module, a student should be able to: Assess controls as outlined in a scenario-type question, point out control weaknesses, and make recommendations about controls that can be implemented to address such weaknesses Explain what quality assurance should involve, and apply the relevant theory to a scenario-type question 119

Explain the independent review process Main Content Auditing in a computerised environment networks and related concepts Controls techniques Controls in the following cycles: Revenue and receipts cycle Acquisition and payments cycle Inventory and production cycle Payroll and personnel cycle Internal audit quality Overview of the independent review process Pre-requisite Modules AUD241 and AUD242 Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination AUD327 Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Time-table Requirement per Week Contact with Lecturer/Tutor 56 Lectures : 3 Assignments and Tasks 18 Practical : 0 Practicals 0 Tutorials : 1 Assessments 7 Self-study 69 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment CAM: 50% of final mark Final exam: 50% of final mark Assessment Module Type CFA Subject Area: Management Accounting and Financial Management B Com (Accounting) programme Level 2 Faculty Economic and Management Sciences Accounting Management Accounting Generic Module Name Management Accounting 234 Alpha Numeric Code MAC234 Credit Value 10 Semester Proposed semester to be offered First Programmes in which the BCom (Acc) module is offered BCom (Acc) Extended Curriculum Level 6 Year level 2 At the end of the module, students will be able to: Explain the basic concepts and processes in establishing the costs that are incurred when producing a product or providing a service; Prepare and comment on cost statements or cost reports based on job order costing, process costing, joint and by-product costing and activity based costing; Analyse the relationship between cost, volume and profit and interpret the results; Prepare income statements based on variable costing and absorption costing, and reconcile the net income under the two methods; Discuss the budget development process, compile various operating budgets and financial budgets and comment on their 120

Main Content use as control instruments; Comment on the standard costing system as a control technique, compute basic variances and reconcile actual profit with budgeted profit; Evaluate the performance of managers; Functions of management accounting, and relationship between financial and management accounting; Cost concepts and classifications Cost elements materials, labour and overheads Cost accumulation systems job costing, process costing; Direct and absorption costing Cost-volume profit analysis Budgeting Standard costing FIA131 and FIA132 and ALC131 or ALC132 Pre-requisites Co-requisites Prohibited combinations MAC241 Breakdown of learning time Amended Hours Time-table requirement per week Contact with lecturer/ tutor 56 Lectures p.w. 3 Assignments & tasks: 0 Practicals p.w. -0 Assessment: 9 Tutorials p.w. 1 Practicals: 0 Self Study 35 Total Learning Time 100 Methods of student assessment: Tests and Tutorials : 40% Examination : 60% Assessment module type: CFA Faculty Economic and Management Sciences Accounting Corporate and Financial Management Generic Module Name Corporate and Financial Management CFM221 Alpha-numeric Code CFM221 Credit Value 10 Semester Proposed semester to be Second offered Programmes in which the BCom (Acc) module will be offered BCom (Acc) Extended Curriculum Level 6 Year level 2 At the end of the module students will be able to: Develop and evaluate an entity s strategies. Demonstrate an understanding of an entity s plan for risk management. Demonstrate an understanding of an entity s governance model. Establish and evaluate overall financial goals. Analyse an entity s financial situation. Demonstrate an understanding of strategies for avoiding and dealing with business failure. Demonstrate a conceptual understanding of risk and return and the portfolio theory. Demonstrate an understanding of the cost of capital and the capital structure of an entity. Demonstrate a conceptual understanding of the capital budgeting process. Main Content Business strategy. 121

Risk management concepts. Aspects of corporate governance. Functions of financial management. Analysis of financial information. Business in difficulty. Time value of money. Risk and return and the portfolio theory. Cost of capital. Capital structure. Capital budgeting. MAC234 and BET211 FIM242 Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Time-table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 42 Lectures p.w. 2 Assignments & tasks: 15 Practicals p.w. - Practicals: 0 Tutorials p.w. 1 Assessments 9 Selfstudy 34 Total Learning Time 100 Methods of student assessment CAM 40% final mark Examination 60% final mark Assessment module type CFA Level 3 Faculty Economic and Management Sciences Accounting MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING AND FINANCE Generic Module Name MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING AND FINANCE 334 Alpha-numeric Code MAF334 NQF Level 7 NQF Credit Value 30 Year Proposed semester to be Year offered. Programmes in which the BCom (Acc) module will be offered BCom (Acc) Extended Curriculum Year level 3 At the end of the module, the learner should be able to: Demonstrate an understanding of costing concepts and their application in the design, implementation and operation of costing systems. Devise appropriate indicators of performance to measure and evaluate management performance and provide information for management control decision-making and system design. Demonstrate an understanding of the investment, financing and dividend decisions relating to an entity and its activities, within the context of its environment Make recommendations designed to responsibly manage an entity through effective use of financial resources and in accordance with the strategic objectives of the entity. Be able to integrate costing concepts with financial management principles Main Content Joint and by-product costing 122

Cost volume profit analysis Relevant cost Activity-based costing Budgeting Standard costing Divisional performance measures and transfer pricing Cost estimation and behaviour Linear programming IT applications Valuations Capital Budgeting Management of working capital Cost of Capital Capital structure Financing decisions Dividends Mergers, takeovers and divestitures Treasury function Pre-requisite modules MAC 234 and CFM 221 Co-requisite modules Prohibited module MAC 341 and FIM 342 Combination Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Time-table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 104 Lectures p.w. 3 Assignments & tasks: 10 Practicals p.w. 0 Practicals: 0 Tutorials p.w. 1 Assessments 16 Selfstudy 170 Other: Please specify Total Learning Time 300 Method of Student Assessment Tests and Tutorials : 50% Examination : 50% Assessment Module type CFA Subject Area: Management Accounting and Financial Management B Com (Financial Accounting) Level 2 Faculty Economic and Management Sciences Accounting Management Accounting Generic Module Name Management Accounting 241 Alpha-numeric Code MAC241 Credit Value 10 Semester Proposed semester to be First offered. Programmes in which the B Com (Financial Accounting), B Com (Finance), B Com module will be offered Level 6 Year Level 2 At the end of the module, the learner should be able to: 123

Explain the basic concepts and processes in establishing the costs that are incurred when producing a product or providing a service; Prepare cost statements or cost reports based on job order costing, process costing, joint and by-product costing and activity based costing; Analyse the relationship between cost, volume and profit and interpret the results; Prepare the statement of comprehensive income based on variable costing and absorption costing, and reconcile the net income under the two methods; Discuss the budget development process, compile various operating budgets and financial budgets. Applying basic techniques and principles in the decision making process. Main Content Functions of management accounting, and relationship between financial and management accounting; Cost concepts, classifications and the nature of costs; Cost elements materials, labour and overheads; Cost accumulation systems job costing, process costing and activity-based costing; Direct and absorption costing; Cost-volume-profit analysis; Budgeting; Basic decision making applications. Pre-requisite modules FIA141 and FIA142 or FIA131 and FIA132 and QSF141 or QSC131 or QSC132 or MAT126 and ALC131 or ALC132 Co-requisite modules Prohibited module MAC234 Combination Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Time-table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 56 Lectures p.w. 3 Assignments & tasks: 0 Practicals p.w. 0 Practicals: 0 Tutorials p.w. 1 Assessments 9 Selfstudy 35 Total Learning Time 100 Method of Student Assessment Test and Tutorials: 50% Final mark Examination:50% Final mark Assessment Module type CFA Faculty Economic and Management Sciences Accounting Financial Management Generic Module Name Financial Management 242 Alpha-numeric Code FIM242 Credit Value 10 Semester Proposed semester to be 2 offered. Programmes in which the B Com (Financial Accounting), B Com module will be offered Level 6 Year Level 2 124

At the end of this module, the learner should be able to: Evaluate an entity s financial strategies. Evaluate overall financial goals. Analyse an entity s financial situation. Comprehend the principles of risk and return. Calculate and apply the concepts of cost of capital and the capital structure of an entity. Demonstrate a conceptual understanding of capital budgeting process. Main Content Business strategy. Risk management concepts. Functions of financial management. Analysis of financial information. Time value of money. Risk and return. Cost of capital. Capital structure. Capital budgeting. Pre-requisite modules MAC241 or MAC234 Co-requisite modules Prohibited module CFM221 Combination Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Time-table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 56 Lectures p.w. 3 Assignments & tasks: 0 Practicals p.w. 0 Practicals: Tutorials p.w. 1 Assessments 9 Selfstudy 35 Total Learning Time 100 Method of Student Assessment Test and Tutorials:50% Final mark Examination:50% Final mark Assessment Module type CFA Level 3 Faculty Economic and Management Sciences Accounting Management Accounting Generic Module Name Management Accounting 341 Alpha-numeric Code MAC341 Credit Value 15 Semester Proposed semester to be First offered. Programmes in which the B Com (Financial Accounting), B Com module will be offered Level 7 Year Level 3 At the end of the module, students should be able to: Apply costing concepts in the design, implementation and operation of costing systems. Apply appropriate indicators of performance to measure and evaluate management performance and provide information for management control decision-making and system design. Main Content Joint and by-product costing Cost volume profit analysis 125

Relevant cost and decision making Activity-based costing Zero based budgeting Standard costing Divisional performance measures and transfer pricing Pre-requisite modules MAC241 or MAC234 Co-requisite modules Prohibited module MAC314 Combination Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Time-table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 56 Lectures p.w. 3 Assignments & tasks: - Practicals p.w. 0 Practicals: Tutorials p.w. 1 Assessments 9 Selfstudy 85 Total Learning Time 150 Method of Student Assessment Test and Tutorials:50% Final mark Examination:50% Total mark Assessment Module type CFA Faculty Economic and Management Sciences Accounting Financial Management Generic Module Name Financial Management 342 Alpha-numeric Code FIM342 Credit Value 15 Semester Proposed semester to be 2 nd semester offered. Programmes in which the B Com (Financial Accounting), B Com module will be offered Level 7 Year Level 3 At the end of the module, students should be able to: Calculate, analyse and evaluate investment, financing and dividend decisions relating to an entity and its activities. Main Content Valuations Capital Budgeting Management of working capital Cost of Capital Capital structure Financing decisions Dividends Pre-requisite modules FIM242 or CFM221 and MAC341 or MAC314 Co-requisite modules Prohibited module FMA324 Combination Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Time-table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 56 Lectures p.w. 3 Assignments & tasks: - Practicals p.w. 0 Practicals: Tutorials p.w. 1 Assessments 9 Selfstudy 85 126

Total Learning Time 150 Method of Student Assessment Test and Tutorials: 50% Final mark Assessment Module type CFA Examination: 50% Final mark 127

Subject Area: Taxation B Com (Accounting) programme Level 2 Faculty Economic and Management Sciences Accounting Taxation Generic module name Taxation 228 Alpha-numeric code TAX228 Credit Value 10 Semester Proposed semester to be Second offered. Programmes in which the module is offered. B.Com(Acc) B.Com(Acc) Extended Curriculum Level 6 Year Level 2 At the end of the module, the learner should be able to: Identify the main provisions, identify and interpret relevant information, and do basic calculations of the Income Tax Act, The Value-Added Tax Act. Identify the different concepts, interpret and analyse the information in the framework for the determination of taxable income and income tax Main Content Gross Income, exempt income and taxable income General deduction formula Special deductions Individuals Administration, Returns, assessments, Objections and Appeal Value-Added Tax Capital Gains Tax (CGT) Pre-requisites Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations TAX242 Breakdown of Learning Hours Time-table Requirement per week Time Contact with lecturer / tutor: 42 Lectures p.w. Assignments & tasks: 10 Practicals p.w Assessment 8 Tutorials p.w. Practicals: Selfstudy 40 Total Learning Time 100 Methods of Student Assessment Test & Tutorials (DP): 40% of final markexamination: 60% of final mark Assessment Module type CFA 128

Level 3 Faculty Economic and Management Sciences Accounting Taxation Generic module name Taxation327 Alpha-numeric code TAX327 Credit Value 30 Year Proposed semester to be Year offered. Programmes in which the module is offered. B.Com(Acc) and B.Com(Acc) Extended Curriculum Level 7 Year Level 3 At the end of the module, a student should be able to: Identify the main provisions, identify and interpret relevant information and do basic and complex calculations of the Income Tax Act and the Value-Added Tax Act Extract the relevant information required for the calculation of a person s liability for normal tax, Value-Added Tax, donations tax and provisional tax ;and Calculate a person s liabilities for normal tax, Value Added Tax, donations tax and, provisional tax. All of the outcomes found in the TAX 228 module descriptor are examinable in this module. Main Content Normal Tax liability of: Individuals; and Business entities Capital Gains Tax Employees and provisional tax Assessed losses Trading stock Value-Added Tax Donations Tax IT applications Pre-requisites TAX228 Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations TAX343 Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Time-table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 114 Lectures p.w. Assignments & tasks: 30 Practicals p.w Assessment Tutorials p.w Practicals: 12 Selfstudy 154 Total Learning Time 300 Methods of Student Assessment Tests and Tutorials : 50% final mark Examination : 50% final mark Assessment Module type CFA 129

Subject Area: Taxation B Com (Financial Accounting) programme Level 2 Faculty Economic and Management Sciences Accounting Taxation Generic Module Name Taxation 242 Alpha-numeric Code TAX242 Credit Value 10 Semester Proposed semester to be Semester 2 offered. Programmes in which the B Com (Financial Accounting), B Com module will be offered Level 6 Year Level 2 At the end of the module, a student should be able to: Define and identify the different components of the taxable income framework Identify information required to calculate an individual s taxable income Complete an individual s tax return Identify and use relevant information to complete a VAT return Main Content Gross Income: general definition special inclusions Pre-requisite modules Exemptions General deduction: general definitions special deductions Individuals (including fringe benefits) Capital gains tax (basic principles) Basic principles of VAT FIA141 or FIA131, AND ALC131 or ALC132 TAX228 Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Hours B. Time-table Requirement per Time week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 42 Lectures p.w. 2 Assignments & tasks: 10 Practicals p.w. 0 Practicals: Tutorials p.w. 1 Assessments 8 Selfstudy 40 Total Learning Time 100 Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Tests, Tutorials and Assignments (CAM): Examination: CFA 50 % of final mark 50% of Final Mark 130

Level 3 Faculty Economic and Management Sciences Accounting Taxation Generic Module Name Taxation 343 Alpha-numeric Code TAX343 Credit Value 30 Year Proposed semester to be Year module offered. Programmes in which the B Com (Financial Accounting), B Com module will be offered Level 7 Year Level 3 At the end of the module, a student should be able to: Identify and apply the main provisions of the Income Tax Act and the Value-Added Tax Act Extract and apply the relevant information required for the calculation of income tax, Value-Added Tax, donations tax,; and Calculate a person s liabilities for income tax, Value-Added tax and Donations tax. Identify and use relevant information to complete a VAT return. Complete a salary reconciliation on an accounting software package and complete a PAYE return All of the outcomes found in the TAX 242 module descriptor are examinable in this module. Main Content Normal Tax liability of: Individuals; and Business entities Fringe benefits Capital Gains Tax Employees and provisional tax Assessed losses Trading stock Capital allowances and recoupments Value-Added Tax Donations Tax Turnover tax for Micro businesses IT applications Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Time-table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 112 Lectures p.w. Assignments & tasks: 40 Practicals p.w. Practicals: 0 Tutorials p.w. Assessments 12 Selfstudy 136 Total Learning Time 300 Method of Student Assessment Test, Tutorials & Assignments(CAM) 50% of final mark Examination 50% of final mark Assessment Module type CFA 131

School of Business and Finance Three majors are offered in the School Management, Finance and Insurance. On completion of Management at the 2 nd year level, students may select Finance as a 3 rd year major. Admission to Finance as a major (MAN307 and MAN308) requires 55% in both Finance modules (MAN235 and MAN234) at the 2 nd year level or a pass in MAN312. Entrepreneurship and Insurance are offered as half subjects at the 3 rd year First Year Level Students who are registered for a degree in the Arts, CHS or Law faculties are required to complete Introduction to the Economy and Business (IEB 133)in the 1 st Semester before completing MAN 132 in the 2 nd Semester (or MAN131 if taken the following year). Management First Year SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND FINANCE INTRODUCTION TO THE ECONOMY AND BUSINESS Generic module name INTRODUCTION TO THE ECONOMY AND BUSINESS Alpha-numeric Code IEB 131 (for non-ems students) IEB133 (for EMS Students) IEB134 (Repeat module in the 2 nd semester) Credit Value 15 Semester Module Type Programme BCom. Extended Curriculum, B.A., SRes or Law Level 5 At the end of this module, students should be able to: Explain the basic principles of economic theory and their application in the South African economy Understand the role of consumers, producers and the government in the economy. Describe and evaluate South Africa s recent economic performance. Describe and evaluate the requirements for entrepreneurial success in the SA economy Describe/explain the principles of small business functions and apply them to real world settings. Demonstrate an understanding of the environment in which small businesses operate. Develop a business plan for a small business. Main Content Introduction to Economics and basic economic principles Overview of the South African economy Perfect and imperfect competition Production and costs Role of entrepreneurship The environment in which small business operates 132

Pre-requisites Co-requisites Establishing a small business. Principles underlying the main functional areas. Compilation of the Business Plan Man131 or Man132 for 4-year programme students and Non-EMS students Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Time-table requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 56 Assignments & tasks: 30 Tests & examinations: 7 Selfstudy 57 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment Business Plan; Tutorial exercises; Oral Presentations; Semester Tests (60%); Examination 40% MANAGEMENT MAN131/132: PRINCIPLES OF BUSINESS MANAGEMENT Generic module name MAN131/132: PRINCIPLES OF BUSINESS MANAGEMENT Alpha-numeric Code MAN131 (1 st Semester) MAN132 (2 nd Semester) Credit Value 15 Semester Module Type University Level 5 At the end of the module students will be able to describe and demonstrate an understanding of : the nature of the business enterprise and its constituent components the process of establishing a business in South Africa the internal and external environment within which businesses operate the requirements of successful entrepreneurs/ship. the principles of managing the main functional areas the basic management principles such as planning, organizing, leading and controlling the dynamics of working and completing tasks in a group Main Content Overview of the business enterprise as a system Historical development of the field of Management. External and internal business environment Entrepreneurship. Establishing a business. Principles of managing the main functional areas marketing, employment relations/human resources, operations and finance Functions of management planning, organising, leading, controlling Pre-requisites BCom (3year), BCom(Acc)(4 year) none; BAdmin (from 2015), BCom 4-yr, Non-EMS students IEB131, IEB133 or IEB134 Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations 133

Breakdown of Learning Time (hours) Methods of Student Assessment Contact with lecturer/tutor: 56 hours Assignments and tasks: 30 hours Tests and examinations: 7 hours Self-study: 57 hours Practicals: 0 hours Total learning time: 150 hrs Test(s); tutorials, assignments (60%) Examination 40%. Second Year Consists of 4 compulsory modules, 2 in each semester BCom (Extended 4-year), BAdmin and students not registered for degrees in EMS may register for Management or SME Management comprising the modules listed below other BCom students may only register for Management: MANAGEMENT MAN231 Marketing MAN235 Financial and Analytical Techniques MAN233 Operations Management MAN234 Business Finance SME MANAGEMENT MAN231 Marketing MAN206 Finance for Small and Medium Enterprises MAN201 Entrepreneurship MAN233 Operations Management Students registering for SME Management require 60% average for Man201, Man231, Man233 and Man206 to register for MAN304 and major in Management at 3 rd year level. Students who do not get 60% may register for SME Management at 3 rd year level but may not be able to continue to Honours studies in Management. They will eligible for the Postgraduate Diploma in Management. Semester 1 SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND FINANCE MANAGEMENT MANAGEMENT MARKETING Generic module name MARKETING Alpha-numeric code MAN231 Credit Value 10 Semester (1 st ) Programmes in which the module is offered BCom. BCom.(Law), B.Com (Finance), B.Com.(Management), BCom.(Evenings), BAdmin, B.A.(SRM), BSc(CHS), BA (Tourism), Bed (EMS) Level 6 Main Content At the end of the module, the student should be able to: Describe, explain and apply the fundamental principles and practices of marketing for profit-seeking and non profit-seeking organizations Develop marketing plans and formulate strategies for various types of organizations. Strategic Marketing planning and environmental analysis 134

Product, pricing, distribution and promotion strategies International marketing Pre-requisites MAN131/MAN132; ALC131/ ALC132 or equivalent Prohibited Combination Breakdown of Learning Hours B. Time-table of Requirement per week Time Contact with lecturer / tutor: 33 Assignments & tasks: 10 Lectures p.w. 1.5 Tests & examinations: 5 Practicals p.w 0 Practicals: 0 Tutorials p.w 1 Selfstudy 45 Other: Groupwork 7 Total Learning Time 100 Methods of Student Assessment Tests and Assignments (60%) Final Assessment (40%) SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND FINANCE FINANCE MANAGEMENT FINANCE & ANALYTICAL TECHNIQUES Generic module name FINANCIAL AND ANALYTICAL TECHNIQUES Alpha-numeric code MAN235 Credit Value 10 Semester (1 st ) Programmes in which the module is offered BCom, B.Com (Finance), B.Com.(Management), BCom(Law), BCom(Evenings), BAdmin Level 6 This module is a preparation course for MAN 234 (Business Finance). At the end of the module students should be able to demonstrate the ability to: Conduct financial ratio analysis and interpret the results Perform time value of money calculations Explain and apply breakeven analysis and profit planning techniques Main Content Financial statement analysis Time value of money Break-even analysis and profit planning Working capital management Computer simulations Pre-requisites MAN 131/MAN 132; QSC131/ QSC132/ QSA131/ MAM126/ ECO135/STA 132/ BUS131/BUS132 Co-requisites Man 234; ACM131/132 or FIA131/FIA141 Prohibited Combination MAN206 Breakdown of Learning Time Hours B. Time-table of Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 35 Assignments & tasks: 16 Lectures p.w. 1.5 Tests & examinations: 6 Practicals p.w 0 Practicals: 0 Tutorials p.w 1 Selfstudy 43 Other: Groupwork Total Learning Time 100 Methods of Student Assessment Tests and Assignments (60%) Final Assessment (40%) 135

Semester 2 SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND FINANCE MANAGEMENT OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT Generic Module name OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT Alpha numeric Code MAN 233 Credit Value 10 Semester (2 nd ) Programmes in which the module is offered BCom, B.Com (Finance), B.Com.(Management), BCom (Law), BCom (After Hours), BAdmin, B.A (SRM), B.A (Tourism), B.Ed (EMS) Level 6 At the end of the module, the student will be able to: Demonstrate knowledge of basic operations management concepts Develop an understanding of how to use basic operations management techniques Apply the operations management concepts and techniques to analyse and improve operations Main Content Basic concepts of operations management Operational process types & management Forecasting & capacity management Production & service planning Inventory and supply chain management Quality management & implementation of lean operations Pre-requisites MAN131/MAN 132; ALC131/ALC132; QSC131/ QSC132/QSA131 (50%) or MAN206 (Finance for SME s) (40%) Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Hours Time-Table Requirements per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 33 Lectures p.w. 2 (1 x1) 1.5 Assignments & tasks: 10 Tutorials p.w 1 Tests & examinations: 5 Practicals:. Selfstudy/Preparation 45 Other: Test/Exam Prep 7 Total Learning Time 100 Method of Student Assessment Tutorials & tests (60%) Final Assessment (40%) Faculty Economics and Management Science SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND FINANCE MANAGEMENT MANAGEMENT BUSINESS FINANCE Generic Module Name MANAGEMENT BUSINESS FINANCE Alpha-numeric Code MAN234 NQF Level 6 NQF Credit Value 10 Semester Proposed semester to be offered. Programmes in which the BCom (General), BCom (Law), BCom (Evenings), BAdmin module will be offered At the end of the module the student will be able to: Understand the relationship between risk and return Value assets and bonds Analyse options when investing in assets 136

Identify and determine the cost of capital of various financing options Main Content Risk and return Valuation of assets Capital budgeting Working Capital Management Pre-requisite modules MAN 111; MAN 121; Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC111, QSA102 or QSC122) or Maths 111/126, or Mathematical Economics 103; STA 131/132/101; MAN 235 (40%) Co-requisite modules Prohibited module MAN206 Combination Breakdown of Learning Hours Time-table Requirement per week Time Contact with lecturer / tutor: 35 Assignments & tasks: 16 Lectures p.w. Tests & examinations: 6 Practicals: Tutorials p.w Selfstudy 43 Total Learning Time 100 Method of Student Assessment Tutorials & tests (60%) Final Assessment (40%) Assessment Module type CAF Faculty Economics and Management Science SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND FINANCE FINANCE MANAGEMENT FINANCE & ANALYTICAL TECHNIQUES Generic Module Name FINANCIAL AND ANALYTICAL TECHNIQUES Alpha-numeric Code MAN235 (111017) NQF Level 6 NQF Credit Value 10 Semester Proposed semester to be First Semester offered. Programmes in which the BCom (General), BCom(Law), BCom(Evenings), BAdmin module will be offered This module is a preparation course for MAN 234 (Finance). At the end of the module students should be able to demonstrate the ability to: Conduct financial ratio analysis and interpret the results Perform time value of money calculations Explain and apply breakeven analysis and profit planning techniques Main Content Financial statement analysis Time value of money Break-even analysis and profit planning Working capital management Computer simulations Pre-requisite modules MAN 111 and MAN 121 OR MAN 131 or MAN 132, QSC 132 or QSA 131 or Maths 111 or ECO135 or STA 132 or Business Stats 131/132 Co-requisite modules MAN 234 ACM131/132 OR FIA131; STA134 or Prohibited module Combination BUS STATS 131/132 MAN206 137

Breakdown of Learning Hours Time-table Requirement per week Time Contact with lecturer / tutor: 35 Assignments & tasks: 16 Lectures p.w. Tests & examinations: 6 Practical s: 0 Tutorials p.w Self study 43 Total Learning Time 100 Method of Student Assessment Tests and Assignments (60%) Final Assessment (40%) Assessment Module type SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND FINANCE ENTREPRENEURSHIP STARTING A SMALL BUSINESS Generic module name ENTREPRENEURSHIP STARTING A SMALL BUSINESS Alpha-numeric code MAN201 Credit Value 10 Semester Programmes in which the module is offered B.Com.(Management), BCom (Extended), BAdmin, B.A (SRM), B.A (Tourism), B.Ed (EMS), BSc (CHS) Level 6 The module aims to develop a broad understanding of factors to be considered when starting a new business. At the end of the module, the student should have demonstrated an understanding of the: Enterprise development and entrepreneurship as fields of study The relationship between entrepreneurship, enterprise development and economic growth in South Africa. Challenges facing entrepreneurs and enterprise development policies Procedures for starting the enterprise Tools and reporting techniques to communicate the venture with interested parties requirements of a business plan for starting a small enterprise Main Content Entrepreneurship and enterprise development policy and practice Overview of successful enterprises Characteristics of successful entrepreneurs Establishing a new enterprise Business plan components Procedures in developing a business plan Pre-requisites MAN111 and MAN121/MAN131/MAN132, ALC131/ALC132 or equivalent Co-requisites MAN206 Prohibited combinations Breakdown of Learning Hours Time-Table Requirements per week time Contact with Lecturer/tutor: 35 Assignments & Tasks 10 Assessment 5 (test and examinations) Practicals 0 Selfstudy 50 Total Learning Time 100 Assessment Type (CAF) Tests and Tutorials : 60% final mark Examination : 40% final mark 138

Faculty Economics and Management Science SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND FINANCE FINANCE FOR SMALL & MEDIUM ENTERPRISES Generic Module Name FINANCE FOR SMALL & MEDIUM ENTERPRISES Alpha-numeric Code MAN206 NQF Level 7 NQF Credit Value 10 Semester Proposed semester to be Semester offered. Programmes in which the module will be offered BAdmin., B.A(DE), BA (Tourism), BSC (CHS), BEd (EMS subjects), BCom General (4-year) At the end of the module the students should be able to demonstrate an understanding of: Different sources of SME funding and decision tools used to choose between them; Tax implications for different types of enterprise forms Preparation of capital and operational budgets for SMEs and decisions regarding sources of financing for SMEs; How to determine the cost price of a product or service Main Content Application of key finance techniques to address the practical challenges faced in financing a growing SME: Sources of funding available, including state support, venture capital and private equity funding; Working capital management; Different enterprise forms and their financial/tax implications; Budgeting and planning techniques; and Costing Pre-requisite modules MAN131 or MAN132; ALC or EED (or equivalent) Co-requisite modules MAN201 Prohibited module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Time-Table Requirements per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 33 Lectures Assignments & tasks: 20 Practicals Practicals: Tutorials Assessments: 7 Selfstudy 30 Other: Class preparation 10 Total Learning Time 100 Assessment Module type Assignments; projects; tests (60%); Final assessment (40%). 139

Third Year Three majors are offered in the School of Business and Finance in 2015 Management, Finance and Insurance (each comprising four 15-credit modules). SME Management is not offered in 2015 Students may also register for half majors (each comprising two 15-credit modules). Half majors will be phased out after 2015 Management Compulsory Modules: Man 314 and Man 304 Electives: Any of the following pairs of modules (2 x 15 credits) if offered a. MAN 305 and MAN312 b. MAN 305 and MAN325 c. MAN 325 and MAN303 Finance Compulsory Modules: Management MAN 305, 307, 308 and 312 SME Management (not offered in 2015) Compulsory Modules: Management 314 and Management 325 Project Management Electives: One of the following pairs of modules (2x15 credits) a. Management MAN303 Service Marketing and MAN306 Retailing b. Entrepreneurship MAN333 Business Law for SME s and MAN339 SME Business Planning (not offered in 2015) MANAGEMENT DIVISION Faculty Economics and Management Science SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND FINANCE MANAGEMENT RESEARCH AND COMMUNICATION FOR BUSINESS Generic Module Name RESEARCH AND COMMUNICATION FOR BUSINESS Alpha-numeric Code MAN314 NQF Level 7 NQF Credit Value 15 First semester Proposed semester to be offered. Programmes in which the BCom (General), BCom (Law), BCom (After Hours), BAdmin, module will be offered Relevant non-ems degrees. The module aims to develop communication and research skills in an integrated manner. On completion, students should have demonstrated the ability to: Explain all elements of the business research process Formulate research questions and design a simple study Conduct a literature review on a contemporary business topic Collect and analyse relevant data and compile it in a comprehensive report 140

Conduct professional oral and written business communications relating to the research project utilizing appropriate technology Main Content The research process and business communication models Research questions, design and literature reviews Research project planning and proposal writing Qualitative and quantitative methods of data collection Analyzing data reporting findings Oral and written types of professional business communications, including email, letters, proposals and presentations Pre-requisite modules MAN131/MAN 132 OR MAN 111 and 121; QSC and ALC; MAN 231, MAN 233; MAN 235 or MAN 234 or MAN201 AND MAN206 (60%) Co-requisite modules MAN 304 or MAN325 Prohibited module Combination Breakdown of Learning Hours Time Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 40 Lectures p.w. Tests & examinations: 5 Practical s: 0 Tutorials p.w Self study 45 Total Learning Time 150 Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Time-Table Requirements per week Research Project; Tutorial exercises, Oral Presentation and written business communication; Semester Test (60%); Final Assessment (40%) CAF Faculty Economics and Management Science SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND FINANCE MANAGEMENT STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT Generic Module Name STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT Alpha-numeric Code MAN304 NQF Level 7 NQF Credit Value 15 Semester Proposed semester to be Second semester offered. Programmes in which the BCom, BCom (Law), BCom (Evenings), BAdmin module will be offered At the end of the module the student will be able to: (a) demonstrate a conceptual understanding of the analytical tools used to: Manage the process strategy formulation, choice and implementation. Analyse the external business environment that companies compete in Identify resources and capabilities to sustain competitive advantage Develop the mission, vision and the strategic objectives Select and choose appropriate corporate, competitive and functional strategies in an integrated manner Implement and monitor selected strategies (b) apply the above analytical tools to case studies 141

Main Content Strategy and strategic management Analysis of macro, competitive and internal business environments Developing mission, vision and a strategic objectives Strategic leadership, organizational culture and values Formulating and integrating corporate competitive and functional strategies Competitive advantage and strategic choice Systems to implement strategy Pre-requisite modules QSC131/132 AND ALC131/132; MAN231; MAN233; MAN234 OR MAN235 OR MAN206 Co-requisite modules MAN 314; MAN234 Prohibited module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Time-Table Requirements per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 40 Lectures p.w. Tests & examinations: 15 Practical s: 0 Tutorials p.w Self study 55 Total Learning Time 150 Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type Research Project; Tutorial exercises, Oral Presentation and written business communication; Semester Test (60%); Final Assessment (40%) CAF Faculty Economics and Management Science SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND FINANCE MANAGEMENT SERVICES MARKETING Generic Module Name SERVICES MARKETING Alpha-numeric Code MAN303 (111303) NQF Level 7 NQF Credit Value 15 Semester Proposed semester to be Second semester offered. Programmes in which the BCom; BCom (Law), BCom (BAdmin, Relevant non-ems degrees module will be offered At the end of the module the student will be able to: Describe and apply the fundamental principles of services marketing Analyse and interpret customer expectations and perceptions Design customer service recovery strategies Main Content Consumer behavior in services Customer expectations and perceptions Service delivery Managing demand and supply in services Pre-requisite modules QSC131/132; ALC131/132; MAN231; MAN233; MAN234/MAN235/MAN206 Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination 142

Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Time-Table Requirements per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 34 Lectures p.w. 2 Tests & examinations: 6 Practical s: 3 Tutorials p.w 1 Self study 70 Total Learning Time 150 Method of Student Tests, Assignments (60%) Final Assessment (40%) Assessment Assessment Module type CFA The following module is not offered in 2015 SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND FINANCE MANAGEMENT RETAIL MANAGEMENT Generic module name RETAIL MANAGEMENT Alpha-numeric code MAN306 Credit Value 15 Semester Programmes in which the BCom, BCom (Law), BAdmin, Relevant non-ems degrees module is offered Level 7 At the end of the module, students will have demonstrated an understanding of: The significance and characteristics of retailing. The role that retailing plays within the economy. The effect environmental factors have on retailing The delivery of adequate customer service Planning basic retailing mix strategies Main Content Nature of Retailing Retail Institutions Retail Environment Buying Behaviour of Consumers Legal and Ethical Aspects of retailing Retail organization and Human resources Store Facilities Management Merchandise Management Merchandise Logistics Pricing Customer Service Pre-requisites QSC131/QSC132/QSA131/MAM126; ALC131/ALC132; MAN 231, MAN 233; MAN 234 or MAN 235 or Man201 and Man206. Co-requisites MAN303 Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Time-table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 34 Lectures p.w. 2 Tests & examinations: 6 Practicals p.w. 0 Practicals: 0 Tutorials p.w. 1 Selfstudy 70 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment Case Studies, Tests, Assignments, Tutorials (60%); Final Assessment (40%) 143

Faculty Economics and Management Science SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND FINANCE MANAGEMENT MANAGEMENT EMPLOYEE MANAGEMENT Generic Module Name EMPLOYEE MANAGEMENT Alpha-numeric Code MAN324 NQF Level 7 NQF Credit Value 15 1Semester (Evenings only) Proposed semester to be Semester 2 (Evenings only) offered. Programmes in which the BCom (Evenings), BAdmin (Part-time). module will be offered At the end of the module the student will be able to demonstrate an understanding of : Main challenges in managing employment relations (ER) and employees in South Africa The field from the perspectives of different disciplines and the roles of management, labour and government How management can select a coherent philosophy about employees individually and collectively How human resources can be effectively developed and utilized to enhance effectiveness (b) practical competencies in negotiations and in conducting simple research projects Main Content Conceptual frameworks for ER Historical and environmental context Trade union, management and state approaches Bargaining, negotiations and dispute resolution Human resource strategy Employee and union participation in decision-making Employment Equity Compensation and performance management Training and skills development Flexible utilization of labour Pre-requisite modules QSC131/132 AND ALC131/132; MAN231; MAN233; MAN234 / MAN235/MAN206 Co-requisite modules MAN314 Prohibited module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 35 Lectures p.w. 2 Tests & examinations: 7 Practical s 0 Tutorials p.w 1 Self study 68 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment Tests, tutorials, research 144

SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND FINANCE MANAGEMENT MANAGEMENT CAPITA SELECTA Generic module name CAPITA SELECTA Alpha-numeric code MAN332 Credit Value 15 Semester Programmes in which the module is offered. BCom, BCom(Finance), BCom(Management), BCom (Law), BCom.(Evenings), BAdmin Level 7 Outcomes will vary depending on the course content Main Content Subject to the availability of visiting academic staff Pre-requisites Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Hours Time-table Requirement per week Time Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 40 Lectures p.w. Tests & examinations: 7 Practicals p.w. Practicals: 0 Tutorials p.w. Selfstudy 63 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment Tests, assignments, presentation, tutorial exercises (60%); Final Assessment (40%) Faculty Economics and Management Science SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND FINANCE PROJECT MANAGEMENT Generic Module Name PROJECT MANAGEMENT MAN325 Alpha-numeric Code MAN325 NQF Level 7 NQF Credit Value 15 1 Semester Proposed semester to be 1 st Semester offered. Programmes in which the BCom., BCom.(Law), BAdmin., BCom.(4 year), other programmes module will be offered which permit Management as a major. At the end of the module the student will have demonstrated : An understanding of the need for project management and the role of project managers An understanding of: o the Project Management Processes and how to apply these processes to effectively manage a project through its life cycle o the expert Knowledge Areas required to succeed in Project Management An understanding of the relationship between the inputs, tools and techniques and expected outcomes of each knowledge area How to apply the above in order to plan a project effectively The ability to assess the viability of a project proposal Main Content Introduction to Project Management Role and characteristics of project managers Project Management Processes and Actions 145

Initiating, Planning, Executing and Controlling Processes Closing Activities Key Knowledge and Competence Areas Project Scope, Cost, Time & Quality Management Project Communication and Procurement Management Project Stakeholder and Social Compact Management Project Risk Management Project Integration Management Project planning and evaluation Pre-requisite modules QSC131/132; ALC131/132; BUS131/132; MAN231; MAN233; MAN234/ MAN234/MAN206; Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Time-table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer/tutor 40 Assignments & Tasks 30 Lectures p.w. Practicals 0 Tests & examinations 7 Tutorials p.w Selfstudy 42 Class preparation 28 Total Learning Time 150 Method of Student Assignments, tests; tutorial exercises; project (60%) and Assessment examination (40%) Assessment Module type The following module will not be offered in 2015 SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND FINANCE BUSINESS LAW FOR SMES Generic module name BUSINESS LAW FOR SMES Alpha-numeric code MAN333 Credit Value 15 Semester Programmes in which the BCom, BCom(Finance), BCom(Management), BCom(Extended), module is offered. BAdmin, BA (Tourism) BA (SRM), BSc(CHS), B.Ed(EMS) Level 7 At the end of the module, the student should have demonstrated Knowledge of the establishment, trading and labour laws and regulations that affect the small business owner Understanding of the implications of each law for operating a small business. Main Content Key legislation relating to SMEs: Contract law Statutory requirements that impact on the operations of SMEs Tax and trading legislation Labour laws Basic Conditions of Employment, Labour Relations, Employment Equity and Skills Development. Pre-requisites MAN 111 and MAN 121/ MAN131/MAN 132, ALC131/ALC132 or equivalent; MAN201 and MAN206 OR MAN231, MAN233 and MAN234/MAN 235. Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations MAN339 MAN205 146

Breakdown of Learning Hours Time-table Requirement per week Time Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 40 Lectures p.w. 2 Tests & examinations: 7 Practicals p.w. 0 Practicals: 0 Tutorials p.w. 1 Selfstudy 63 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment Assignments, Tutorials, Test and Project (60%) Final Assessment (40%) The following module will not be offered in 2015 SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND FINANCE SME BUSINESS PLANNING Generic module name SME BUSINESS PLANNING Alpha-numeric code MAN339 Credit Value 15 Semester - full time only (until 2013) Programmes in which the BCom.(Extended), BAdmin, BA (Tourism), BA (SRM), module is offered. BSc(CHD), Bed (EMS) Level 7 At the end of the module, the student will have demonstrated: An understanding of the challenges of establishing, operating and growing a small enterprise in a competitive market The ability to choose a viable business form for a new venture The ability to prepare a comprehensive business plan to start and manage their own viable small enterprise The ability to utilize analytical and productivity tools to improve SME performance An understanding of the role of forming networks, alliances and partnerships to create business opportunities Main Content Pre-requisites Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations This module provides an intensive coverage of the various aspects of engaging in a new business venture, including: Starting or acquiring a small business or franchise; conducting practical SWOT analysis and identifying Critical Success Factors in the sector Planning and operating various kinds of small businesses The business plan as a tool to secure financing, operate and grow the business Business analysis and productivity improvement Creating and managing networks, alliances and partnerships with other businesses QSC131/QSC132/QSA131/MAM126; ALC131/ALC132 or equivalent; MAN 231, MAN 233; MAN234/MAN235/MAN206 and MAN201 MAN333 147

Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Time-table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 40 Lectures p.w. 2 Tests & examinations: 5 Practicals p.w. 0 Practicals: 0 Tutorials p.w. 1 Selfstudy 65 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment Draft plan, Presentations, Executive Summaries, Individual Project, Tests (60%) Summative Assessment: Business Plan (40%) FINANCE DIVISION Faculty Economics and Management Science SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND FINANCE FINANCE FINANCIAL AND ANALYTICAL TECHNIQUES Generic Module Name FINANCIAL AND ANALYTICAL TECHNIQUES Alpha-numeric Code MAN305 NQF Level 7 NQF Credit Value 15 Semester Proposed semester to be First semester offered. Programmes in which the BCom (General); BCom (Law), BCom (Evenings), BAdmin module will be offered At the end of the module, the student should be able to demonstrate: an understanding of and the application of various types of mathematical decision-making and forecasting models to financial and operations problems. Main Content Decision and transportation analysis Regression analysis and forecasting Inventory control models and linear programming Network models Project Management Computer simulation models Pre-requisite modules QSC131/132; ALC131/132; BUS131/132; MAN233; MAN234; MAN235 Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 30 Lectures p.w. Tests & examinations: 7 Practical s: 0 Tutorials p.w Self study 70 Other: Please specify 0 Total Learning Time 150 Method of Student Tests, Assignments (60%) Final Assessment (40%) Assessment Assessment Module type CAF 148

SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND FINANCE FINANCE INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT Generic module name INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT Alpha-numeric code MAN307 Credit Value 15 Semester Programmes in which the module is offered BCom, B.Com (Finance), BCom(Extended), BCom (Law), BCom (After Hours) Level 7 At the end of the module, students will demonstrate the ability to Explain the Investment Environment Utilize investment management analytical tools Perform company and share valuations Main Content Selecting investments in a global market Organization and functioning markets Security Market Indicator Series Market Efficiency Portfolio Management and Asset-pricing Models Investor constraints and objectives Pre-requisites QSC131/QSC132/QSA131/MAM126; ALC131/ALC132; MAN 234 (55%) and MAN 235 (55%) or MAN 312 Co-requisites MAN308 Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Time-table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 30 Lectures p.w. 2 Tests & examinations: 7 Practicals p.w. 0 Practicals: Tutorials p.w. 1 Selfstudy 73 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment Tests, Tutorials, project (60%); Final Assessment (40%) 149

SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND FINANCE FINANCE FINANCE INVESTMENT ANALYSIS Generic module name INVESTMENT ANALYSIS Alpha-numeric code MAN308 Credit Value 15 Semester 2 Programmes in which the BCom.(Gen), B.Com (Finance), and other B.Com named degrees module is offered. Level 7 At the end of the module, the student will have demonstrated the ability to: Value investment securities Hedge investments using derivative securities Main Content Introduction to Security Valuation Introduction to Fixed Income Security Analysis Convertible Securities Hedging financial risk Introduction to the valuation of derivative instruments Technical Analysis Real estate and other tangible investments Pre-requisites MAN605/MAN307 Co-requisites NONE Prohibited Combinations MAN680; MAN780 Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Time-table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 35 Assignments & tasks: 50 Lectures p.w. 2 Tests & examinations: 5 Practicals p.w 0 Practicals: 0 Tutorial p.w 1 Selfstudy 60 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Semester tests: 2 x 15% = 30% Assessment Group Assignment: 2 x 10% = 20% Final Examination: 1 x 50% = 50% Assessment Module Type CFA Faculty Economics and Management Science SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND FINANCE FINANCE FINANCE/MANAGEMENT - SHORT TERM INSURANCE Generic Module Name SHORT TERM INSURANCE Alpha-numeric Code IST309 (111050) NQF Level 6 NQF Credit Value 15 Semester Proposed semester to be offered. Programmes in which the BCom., BCom. (Law), BCom.(Evenings), BAdmin. module will be offered At the end of the module the student will be able to demonstrate an understanding of: Legal and tax issues of Insurance contracts Personal and Commercial Insurance 150

The FAIS Act and its implications Legal and Taxation Principles Relationship of Insurance Products and their risks b) an ability to identify an analysis insurance risk Main Content Risk Management The Law of Contract Basic insurance Principles The insurance Market in South Africa Personal and Commercial Insurance Policy The Financial Advisory and Intermediary Services Act (FAIS) Legal and Taxation Principles Legal Framework Insurance Environment Pre-requisite modules QSC131/132; ALC131/132; MAN231; MAN233; MAN234/MAN235/MAN206 Co-requisite modules IST310 Prohibited module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Time-table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Lectures p.w Assignments & tasks: 30 Practical s p.w. Tests & examinations: 10 Tutorials p.w. Practical s: 0 Self study 70 Total Learning Time 150 Method of Student Assessment Case Studies; Tutorials; Assignments; Oral Presentation; Semester Test (60%); Final Assessment (40%) Assessment Module type CAF Faculty Economics and Management Science SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND FINANCE FINANCE FINANCE/MANAGEMENT - LONG TERM INSURANCE Generic Module Name LONG TERM INSURANCE AND RETIREMENT FUNDS Alpha-numeric Code IST310 (111051) NQF Level 7 NQF Credit Value 15 Semester Proposed semester to be offered. Programmes in which the BCom (Gen) BCom (Law), BCom.(Evenings), BAdmin module will be offered At the end of the module the student will be able to demonstrate (a) an understanding of: Risk and Insurance Legal Framework of Retirement Funds Different types of Retirement Funds and associated risks Defined Benefit and contribution Funds The FAIS Act and its implications Legal and Taxation Principles Life Insurance Product Analyses (b) an ability to perform basic insurance risk analysis Main Content Retirement Funds Risk an Insurance Different types of Retirement Funds 151

Group Benefits Life Insurance Pre-requisite modules QSC131/132; ALC131/132 MAN231; MAN233; MAN234/MAN235/MAN206 Co-requisite modules IST 309 Prohibited module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Time-table Requirement per week Assignments & tasks: 30 Lectures p.w Tests & examinations: 10 Practical s p.w. Practicals: 0 Tutorials p.w. Selfstudy 70 Total Learning Time 150 Method of Student Assessment Case Studies; Tutorial exercises; Assignments; Oral Presentation; Semester Test (60%); Final Assessment (40%) Assessment Module type CAF The following module will not be offered in 2015: School of Business and Finance Finance Division Finance Research and Communication Generic Module Name Finance Research and Communication Alpha-numeric Code FRC311 Credit Value 15 Semester Proposed semester to be Semester 1 (not offered in 2013) offered Programmes in which the B.Com.(Finance) module is offered Level 7 Year Level 3 The module aims to develop communication and research skills in an integrated manner. On completion, students should be able to: 1. Explain the finance research process 2. Formulate research questions and identify research objectives. 3. Design a simple finance research project 4. Conduct a literature review on a finance topic. 5. Produce a basic seminar paper 6. Conduct professional oral and written communications relating to the research project using appropriate technology Main Content 1. Basic Research processes in finance. 2. Research topics in investment and corporate finance. 3. Prepare a finance research proposal 4. Basic computational research techniques. 5. Research analysis and presentation. 6. Professional oral and written communications, including letters, proposals, presentations and report writing Pre-requisite modules MAN235 and MAN234 Co-requisite modules MAN305 Prohibited module MAN314 Combination Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Time-table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Lectures p.w. 2 152

Assignments & tasks: 40 Practicals p.w. Tests & Examinations: 7 Tutorials p.w. 1 Self study 20 Seminar Paper 43 Total Learning Time 150 Method of Student Assessment Tests, Seminar Papers, Assignments, Presentation, Proposal (60%) and Exam (40%) SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND FINANCE FINANCE FINANCE/MANAGEMENT - FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT Generic module name FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT Alpha-numeric code MAN312 Credit Value 15 Semester 2 Programmes in which the module is offered. BCom, BCom(Finance), BCom(Management), BCom. (Law), BCom. (Evenings), BAdmin. Level 7 At the end of the module, students will have demonstrated the ability to: Use finance related analytical techniques Evaluate the profitability of an enterprise Determine project and enterprise risk Analyse Fixed Income securities and shares and shares Evaluate project feasibility Main Content Time value of money. Determination of cost of capital, return on equity. Determination of bond and share prices. Risk and return Dividend policy Growth theory Evaluation of leasing Pre-requisites MAN 234, MAN 235; QSC131/QSC132/QSA131/MAM126; ALC131/ALC132; MAN 305 (40%) Co-requisites MAN 305 Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Time-table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 30 Lectures p.w. 2 Tests & examinations: 10 Practicals p.w. Practicals: 0 Tutorials p.w. 1 Selfstudy 70 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment Tests, project, assignments (60%) Final Assessment (40%) 153

Economics Module Descriptors First Year - BCom, BCom (Law) and BCom (Acc) students registering for the first time in 2009 will register for ECO 134 in the 2 nd semester - Students who are registered for a degree in the Arts, CHS, Education or Law Faculties are required to complete Introduction to the Economy and Business (IEB) in the 1 st semester before completing ECO 134 in the 2 nd semester - The module descriptor for Introduction to the Economy and Business is listed under the School of Business and Finance and the Academic Development Department. NB: 1. ECO 331 : Compulsory module 2. ECO 332 : Compulsory module 3. ECO 311: Required if student intends doing Honours in Economics Module Name ECO 121: Microeconomics I Economics Module Code ECO121 Credit Value 15 S Module Type University Module Level 5 ECO 121 - Upon completion of this course learners should be in a position to: Make use of mathematical skills for graphical and algebraic analysis. Understand the foundational concepts of micro-economic principles and its application. Main Content Supply, demand, elasticity and simultaneous linear equations. Introduction to the optimising behaviour of individual households and firms and the coordination of these individual decisions through markets. Elementary theories of the consumer and the firm; non-linear quadratic equations. Pre-requisites Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor: 48 hours Assignments & tasks: 10 hours Tests & examinations: 15 hours Self-study: 27 hours Practicals: Total learning time: 100 hours Methods of Student Final Exam = 50% Assessment Year Mark = 50% (Assignments; Class Tests; Technical Workshops) Module Name ECO 122 Macroeconomics Economics Module Code ECO122 Credit Value 15 S Module Type University Module Level 5 154

ECO 122 - Upon completion of this course learners should be in a position to: Understand the foundational concepts of macro-economic principles and its application Analyse and interpret macroeconomic data Make use of mathematical skills for graphical and algebraic analysis Main Content The economic problem and the circular flow The three sectors: monetary, public, foreign Determination of national income and employment; Money, prices and the banking system; Inflation and economic growth / development; The simple Keynesian model Aggregate demand & supply and unemployment Pre-requisites Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor: 48 hours Assignments & tasks: 10 hours Tests & examinations: 15 hours Self-study: 27 hours Practicals: Other (specify): Total learning time: 100 hours Methods of Student Assessment Final Exam = 50% Year Mark = 50% (Assignments; Class Tests; Technical Workshops) Faculty EMS School of Government Introduction to Local Economic Development Generic Module Name Introduction to Local Economic Development Alpha-numeric Code LED111 Credit Value 15 Semester Proposed semester to be Second semester offered. Programmes in which the BEcon module will be offered Level 7 Year Level 1 The learner should be able to: Define Local Economic Development Explain the different local economic development activities and strategies. Describe the basic approaches, techniques and practices of local economic development. Main Content An overview of the following topics will be introduced to guide the learner towards the more in-depth studies during the degree: Introduction to Economic development, economic development players, local economic development Profiling a local economy LED strategic planning LED Marketing and attraction 155

Business retention and expansion Entrepreneurial and small business development Managing economic development organisations Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Time-table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 48 Lectures p.w. Assignments & tasks: 62 Practicals p.w. Practicals: 1 Tutorials p.w. Test and Assessments 6 Selfstudy 33 Total Learning Time 150 hours Method of Student CPA Assessment Assessment Module type Formal assessment. i.e. Test, Assignment and group tasks ECONOMICS PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS Generic module name PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS Alpha-numeric code ECO133(Full-time and Part-time) ECO134 (Full-time only) Credit Value 15 Semester (ECO133: 1 st semester and ECO134: 2 nd semester) Programme in which the module is offered B.Com, B.Com (Law), B.Com (Human Resource Management), B.Com (Information Systems), B.Com (Information Technology), B.Com (Management), B.Com (Acc), B.Com (Acc Extended), B.Com (Extended 4yr), B.Admin Level 5 Upon completion of this module, a student should be able to: Define the foundational concepts of economic principles and their application. Main Content The economic problem Mathematical tools graphs and statistics Elementary theory of demand and supply Elasticity of demand and supply Markets in action Circular flow of economic activity Measuring GDP, economic growth and inflation Measuring employment and unemployment Money, inflation and the business cycle Pre-requisites Co-requisites QSC131 or QSC132 or MAM126 or QSA131 IEB (Non- EMS students subject to availability) Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Hours Time-table requirements per week Time Contact with lecturer / tutor: 56 Assignments & tasks: 0 Lectures p/w 3 Tests & examinations: 10 Practicals p/w 0 Self-study: 74 Tutorials p/w 1 Other: Worksheets 10 156

Total learning time: 150 Methods of Student Final Exam = 50% Assessment Continuous Assessment Mark = 50% (Tests; Tutorials) ECONOMICS MACROECONOMICS Generic Module Name MACROECONOMICS 142 Alpha-numeric Code ECO142 Credit Value 10 Semester (2 nd semester) Programmes in which the module will be offered B.Com, B.Com (Economics), B.Com (Finance), B.Com (Financial Accounting) Level 5 Upon completion of this module students should be able to: Define and do an elementary analysis of the foundational concepts of macro-economic principles. Analyse and interpret macroeconomic data. Apply mathematical skills for graphical and algebraic analysis relevant to Macroeconomics. Main Content The economic problem and the circular flow. The three sectors: monetary, public, foreign. Determination of national income and employment; Money, prices and the banking system. Inflation and economic growth / development. The simple Keynesian model. Aggregate demand & supply and unemployment. Monetary and fiscal policy Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules QSC131 or QSC132 or MAM126 or QSA131 IEB (Non- EMS students subject to availability) Prohibited module ECO133/134 Combination Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Time-table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 48 Assignments & tasks: 10 Lectures p/w 3 Tests & examinations: 15 Practicals p/w 0 Self-study: 27 Tutorials p/w 1 Practicals: 0 Total learning time: 100 Method of Student Final Exam = 50% Assessment Continuous Assessment Mark = 50% (Assignments, Tests, Tutorials) Assessment Module type Continuous and Final Assessment (CFA). 157

ECONOMICS MICROECONOMICS Generic Module Name MICROECONOMICS 141 Alpha-numeric Code ECO141 Level 5 Credit Value 10 Semester (2 nd semester) Programmes in which the module will be offered B.Com, B.Com (Economics), B.Com (Finance), B.Com (Financial Accounting) Upon completion of this module students should be able to: Apply mathematical skills for graphical and algebraic analysis relevant to Economics. Define and do an elementary analysis of the foundational concepts of micro-economic principles. Main Content Supply, demand, elasticity and simultaneous linear equations. Introduction to the optimising behaviour of individual households and firms and the coordination of these individual decisions through markets. Elementary theories of the consumer and the firm; non-linear quadratic equations. Pre-requisite modules QSC131 or QSC132 or MAM126 or QSA131 IEB (Non- EMS students subject to availability) Co-requisite modules Prohibited module ECO133/134 Combination Breakdown of Learning Hours Time-table Requirement per week Time Contact with lecturer / tutor: 48 Lectures p/w 3 Assignments & tasks: 10 Practicals p/w 0 Practicals: 0 Tutorials p/w 1 Tests & examinations: 15 Self-study: 27 Total Learning Time 100 Method of Student Final Exam = 50% Assessment Continuous Assessment Mark = 50% (Assignments, Tests, Tutorials) Assessment Module type Continuous and Final Assessment (CFA). 158

Second Year Level ECONOMICS MICROECONOMICS Generic module name MICROECONOMICS 231 Alpha-numeric Code ECO231 Credit Value 10 Semester (1 st semester) Module Type University Module Programmes in which the module is offered. B.Com, B.Com (Economics), B.Econ (4yr), B.Com (Finance), B.Com (Law), B.Com (Information Systems), B.Com (Management), B.Com (Information Technology), B.Com (Extended 4yr), B.Admin Level 6 Upon completion of this module, a student should be able to: Explain the intermediate concepts of micro-economic principles and their application. Analyse and interpret graphs. Apply mathematical skills for graphical and algebraic analysis. Main Content Consumer behaviour Production theory Costing production Profit maximization Dropping assumption of perfect competition Sales maximization Pre-requisites 60% in ECO133 or 60% in ECO134 OR ECO121 (B.ECON 4yr) OR ECO141 Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Hours Time-table requirements per week Time Contact with lecturer / tutor: 42 Assignments & tasks: 20 Lectures p/w 2 Tests & examinations: 7 Practicals p/w 0 Self-study: 31 Tutorials p/w 1 Practicals: Total learning time: 100 Methods of Student Assessment Continuous Assessment Mark = 50% (Assignments; Tests; Tutorials) Final Exam = 50% ECONOMICS MACROECONOMICS Generic Module name MACROECONOMICS Alpha-numeric Code ECO232 Credit Value 10 Semester (2 nd semester) Module Type University Module Programmes in which the module is offered. B.Com, B.Com (Economics), B.Econ (4yr), B.Com (Finance), B.Com (Law), B.Com (Information Systems), B.Com (Management), B.Com (Information Technology), B.Com (Extended 4yr), B.Admin Level 6 159

Upon completion of this module, a student should be able to: Apply macro-economic theory Use graphs and equations to explain macro-economic concepts Apply macro-economic theory to South African economic issues. Main Content National Income Components of GDP Goods and Financial Markets IS-LM model and AD-AS model Unemployment and Inflation Pre-requisites 60% in ECO133 or 60% in ECO134 OR ECO122 (B.Econ 4yr) OR ECO142 Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Hours Time Table Requirements per week Time Contact with lecturer / 42 Lectures p/w 2 tutor: Assignments & tasks: 20 Practicals 0 Tests & examinations: 7 Tutorials p/w 1 Self-study: 31 Total learning time: 100 Methods of Student Assessment Final Exam = 50% Continuous Assessment Mark = 50% (Assignments; Tests; Tutorials) ECONOMICS LABOUR ECONOMICS Generic Module name LABOUR ECONOMICS 233 Alpha-numeric code ECO233 Credit Value 10 Semester (2 nd semester) Module Type University Module Programmes in which the module is offered. B.Com (Economics), B.Com (Finance), B.Com (Law), B.Com (Human Resource Management), B.Com (Management), B.Admin Level 6 Upon completion of this module, a student should be able to: Define and apply the basic concepts of labour economics (e.g. economically active population, labour force participation rate). Apply the microeconomic tools to analyse labour market outcomes (levels of wages and employment). Define important issues such as labour productivity and unit labour costs. Discuss the impact of unions on wages, productivity and unit labour costs. Analyse and interpret the unemployment situation in South Africa. Main Content Labour demand and supply in competitive and non- competitive markets Wages and productivity in South Africa The economics of wages and collective bargaining Unemployment in South Africa Human Capital and the demand for skilled labour Labour market inequalities and discrimination. 160

Pre-requisites 60% in ECO133 or 60% in ECO134 OR ECO121 (B.Econ 4yr) OR ECO141 Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Hours Time-table requirements per week Time Contact with lecturer / tutor: 42 Assignments & tasks: 20 Lectures p/w 2 Tests & examinations: 7 Practicals p/w 0 Self-study: 31 Tutorials p/w 1 Practicals: Total learning time: 100 Methods of Student Final Exam = 50% Assessment Continuous Assessment Mark = 50% (Assignments; Tests; Tutorials) ECONOMICS PUBLIC SECTOR ECONOMICS Generic Module Name PUBLIC SECTOR ECONOMICS 234 Alpha-numeric Code ECO234 Credit Value 10 Semester (2 nd semester) Module Type University Module Programmes in which the module is offered. B.Com, B.Com (Economics), B.Econ (4yr), B.Com (Finance), B.Com (Law), B.Com (Management), B.Admin, B.Com (Extended 4yr) Level 6 Upon completion of this module, a student should be able to: Identify and discuss the composition of the public sector in South Africa Critically evaluate the different views on the role of government in an economy Identify the challenges facing the South African government Explain the basic principles of expenditure- and tax theory and be able to apply these Explain the basics of fiscal policy (including the budgetary process) in South Africa. Main Content Composition of public sector in South Africa Views on role of government Market failures (public goods; mixed and merit goods; externalities; imperfect competition; macro-economic instability; etc.) Growth and changing composition of public expenditure in South Africa Principles of taxation: equity and efficiency Taxation in South Africa Fiscal policy and the national budget Pre-requisites 60% in ECO133 or 60% in ECO134 OR ECO121 (B.Econ 4yr) OR ECO141 Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations 161

Breakdown of Learning Hours Time Table Requirements per week Time Contact with lecturer /tutor: 42 Lectures p/week 2 Assignments and tasks: 20 Practicals p/week 0 Tests & examinations: 7 Tutorials 1 Self-study: 31 Total learning time: 100 Methods of Student Final Exam = 50% Assessment Continuous Assessment Mark = 50% (Assignments; Tests; Tutorials) ECONOMICS Module description INTERMEDIATE MATHEMATICAL ECONOMICS Generic module name INTERMEDIATE MATHEMATICAL ECONOMICS 235 Alpha-numeric code ECO235 Credit Value 10 Semester (2 nd semester) Module Type University Module Programmes in which the B.Com (Economics), B.Com (Finance) module is offered. Level 6 Upon completion of this module, a student should be able to: Apply Mathematical skills to solve intermediate economic problems (solving consumption equilibrium, production equilibrium, IS-LM equilibrium, AD-AS equilibrium, etc.) Discuss introductory Statistical and Econometric theories, and apply the skills to derive relationships between economic variables (relationship between consumption and income, unemployment and inflation, etc.) Apply Excel skills to solve statistical and econometric problems, as well as to plot different types of graphs (line chart, column chart, XY scatter plot, etc.) Main Content Advanced differentiation techniques to solve economic problems, e.g., product rule, quotient rule, chained rule, and partial differentiation Application of mathematical skills to solve intermediate linear and non-linear economic problems, such as consumption equilibrium (budget line vs. indifference curves), production equilibrium (isocost lines vs. isoquants), IS-LM curves and AD-AS curves Introductory statistics for data analysis: Types of data, summary statistics of data (mean, variance, etc.), confidence intervals using normal distribution and t-distribution Introductory econometrics: Methodology, Ordinary Least Squares (OLS) theory, bivariate regressions vs. multivariate regressions, interval estimation and hypothesis testing Introductory Excel skills for statistical and econometric analyses, as well as plotting different types of graphs (line chart, column chart, pie chart, XY scatter plots, etc.) Pre-requisites 60% in ECO133 or 60% in ECO134 OR ECO121 and ECO122 (B.Econ 4yr) OR ECO141 and ECO142 Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Time Table Requirements per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 42 Lectures p/week 2 162

Assignments & tasks: 20 Practicals p/week 0 Tests & examinations: 7 Tutorials p/week 1 Practicals: 0 Selfstudy 31 Total Learning Time 100 Methods of Student Assessment Final Exam = 50% Continuous Assessment Mark = 50% (Assignments; Tests; Tutorials) ECONOMICS ECONOMETRICS Generic Module Name ECONOMETRICS 242 Alpha-numeric Code ECO242 Level 6 Credit Value 10 Semester (1 st semester) Programmes in which the B.Com, B.Com (Economics), B.Com (Finance) module will be offered Upon completion of this module, a student should be able to: Explain and do an elementary analysis of the foundational concepts and principles of econometrics Capture and process economic data for econometric analysis Apply econometric skills to analyse and interpret elementary economic data Main Content Econometric theory and methodology Correlation coefficient; bivariate regressions Ordinary least squares and hypothesis testing Using Excel to generate descriptive statistics and OLS regressions Using E-Views for plotting graphs, doing econometric calculations, and running bivariate and multivariate regressions Pre-requisite modules 60% in ECO133 or 60% in ECO134 OR ECO121 and ECO122 (B.Econ 4yr) OR ECO141 and ECO142 Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination Breakdown of Learning Hours Time-table Requirement per week Time Contact with lecturer / tutor: 48 Lectures p/w 2 Assignments & tasks: 10 Practicals p/w 0 Practicals: 0 Tutorials p/w 1 Tests & examinations: 15 Self-study: 27 Total Learning Time 100 Method of Student Final Exam = 50% Assessment Continuous Assessment Mark = 50% (Assignments, Tests, Tutorials) Assessment Module type Continuous and Final Assessment (CFA). 163

Third Year Level The Department offers FOUR third level modules on a concurrent basis. The order of modules may change from year to year. Each module may be presented in either semester. A student doing Economics as a major subject should register for at least four third level modules including ECO331 and ECO332. ECONOMICS MICROECONOMICS Generic module name MICROECONOMICS Alpha-numeric Code ECO331 Credit Value 15 Semester (1 st semester) Module Type University Module Programmes in which the module is offered. B.Com, B.Com (Economics), B.Econ (4yr), B.Com (Law), B.Com (Information Systems), B.Com (Information Technology), B.Com (Extended 4yr), B.Admin Level 7 Upon completion of this module, a student should be able to: Discuss and apply general equilibrium and welfare analysis Critically analyse the behaviour of the firm under different market structures Analyse the firm s behaviour using game theory Explain and formulate the conditions for economic efficiency Main Content General equilibrium and Welfare Analysis Market Structure and Competitive Strategy Pre-requisites 60% in ECO133 or 60% in ECO134 OR ECO121 and ECO122 (B.Econ 4yr) OR ECO141 and ECO142 AND ECO231 Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Time-table requirements per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 42 Lectures p/w 3 Assignments & tasks: 40 Tests & examinations: 7 Practicals p/w Self-study: 61 Tutorials p/w 0 Practicals: 7 Total learning time: 150 Methods of Student Assessment Final Exam = 50% Continuous Assessment Mark = 50% (Assignments; Essay; Tests) ECONOMICS Module topic MACROECONOMICS Generic module name MACROECONOMICS Alpha-numeric code ECO332 Credit Value 15 Semester (2 nd semester) Module Type University Module Programmes in which the module is offered. B.Com, B.Com (Economics), B.Econ (4yr), B.Com (Finance), B.Com (Law), B.Com (Information Systems), B.Com (Information Technology), B.Admin, B.Com (Extended 4yr) Level 7 164

Upon completion of this module, a student should be able to: Critically analyse monetary and fiscal policy, particularly the contesting approaches of the Neo-classical and Keynesian schools Model the theory of prices, output, inflation and unemployment Critically evaluate the abovementioned theories of Macroeconomic Policy as applied in South Africa Main Content Fiscal and monetary policy The Phillips curve The IS-LM model The AD-AS model The Mundell-Fleming model. Government intervention in the macro-economy Macroeconomic policy in South Africa Pre-requisites 60% in ECO133 or 60% in ECO134 OR ECO121 and ECO122 (B.Econ 4yr) OR ECO141 and ECO142 AND ECO232 Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Time-table requirements per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 42 Assignments & tasks: 40 Lectures p/w 3 Tests & examinations: 7 Practicals p/w 0 Self-study: 61 Tutorials p/w 0 Practicals: 0 Total learning time: 150 Methods of Student Assessment Final Exam = 50% Continuous Assessment Mark = 50% (Assignments; Essay; Tests) ECONOMICS INTERNATIONAL TRADE ECONOMICS Generic module name INTERNATIONAL TRADE ECONOMICS Alpha-numeric Code ECO335 Credit Value 15 Semester (2 nd semester) Module Type University Module Programmes in which the module is offered. B.Com, B.Com (Economics), B.Com (Finance), B.Com (Law), B.Com (Extended 4yr), B.Admin Level 7 Upon completion of this module, a student should be able to: Critically evaluate the foundational concepts of international economics Critically apply tools of economic analysis to analyse international trade Apply mathematical skills for graphical and algebraic analysis of trade theory Main Content Theories of why nations trade Developments in trade theory Instruments and impact of trade policy Economic integration and cooperation International trade and the Developing countries Balance of payments, Exchange rates and International Trade 165

Pre-requisites 60% in ECO133 or 60% in ECO134 OR ECO121 and ECO122 (B.Econ 4yr) OR ECO 141 and ECO 142 AND ECO231 and ECO232 Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Time-table requirements per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 42 Assignments & tasks: 40 Lectures p/w 3 Tests & examinations: 7 Practicals p/w 0 Self-study: 61 Tutorials p/w 0 Practicals: 0 Total learning time: 150 Methods of Student Assessment Final Exam = 50% Continuous Assessment Mark = 50% (Assignments; Essay; Tests) ECONOMICS DEVELOPMENT ECONOMICS Generic module name DEVELOPMENT ECONOMICS Alpha-numeric Code ECO336 Credit Value 15 Semester (2 nd semester) Module Type University Module Programmes in which the module is offered. B.Com, B.Com (Economics), B.Econ (4yr), B.Com (Law), B.Com (Extended 4yr), B.Admin Level 7 Upon completion of this module, a student should be able to: Model the foundational concepts of development economics Critically analyse the levels and patterns of development of developing countries Critically analyse and interpret statistical data Apply mathematical skills for graphical and algebraic analysis of development issues Main Content Determination of poverty and inequality Growth and development experiences of developing countries Agrarian change and industrialization strategies Capital Flows, debt and finance Pre-requisites 60% in ECO133 or 60% in ECO134 OR ECO121 and ECO122 (B.Econ 4yr) OR ECO141 and ECO142 and ECO232 Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Time-table requirements per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 42 Assignments & tasks: 40 Lectures p/w 3 Tests & examinations: 7 Practicals p/w 0 Self-study: 61 Tutorials p/w 0 Practicals: 0 Total learning time: 150 Methods of Student Final Exam = 50% Assessment Continuous Assessment Mark = 50% (Assignments; Essay; Tests) 166

ECONOMICS Module topic ECONOMETRICS Generic module name ECONOMETRICS Alpha-numeric Code ECO311 Credit Value 15 Semester (1 st semester) Module Type University Module Programmes in which the module is offered. B.Com, B.Com (Economics), B.Com (Finance), B.Com (Law), B.Com (Extended 4yr), B.Admin Level 7 Upon completion of this module, a student should be able to: Define and apply the basic elements of probability and statistics Apply the tools of econometrics to analyse the relationship amongst different variables Apply the econometric models within statistical programs and interpret the results Main Content Nature and scope of Econometrics Basics of probability and statistics The linear regression model: Ordinary Least Squares (OLS), bivariate regressions, multivariate regressions, confidence intervals and hypothesis testing Different functional forms of regression models Regressions on dummy explanatory variables Introduction to E-Views Regression analysis in practice: Multicollinearity, autocorrelation and heteroscedasticity Pre-requisites 60% in ECO133 or 60% in ECO134 OR ECO121 and ECO122 (B.Econ 4yr) OR ECO141 and ECO142 and ECO231, ECO232 and ECO242 Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Time-table requirements per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Assignments & tasks: 40 Lectures p/w 2 Tests & examinations: 7 Practicals p/w 1 Self-study: 61 Tutorials p/w 0 Practicals: 0 Other: Computer Lab sessions 14 Total learning time: 150 Methods of Student Final Exam = 50% Assessment Continuous Assessment Mark = 50% (Assignments; Tests) ECONOMICS Module topic ENVIRONMENTAL ECONOMICS Generic module name ENVIRONMENTAL ECONOMICS Alpha-numeric Code ECO301 Credit Value 15 Semester (1 st semester) Module Type University Module Programmes in which the B.Com (Economics), B.Com (Law), B.Admin module is offered. Level 7 167

Upon completion of this module, a student should be able to: Critically analyse the link between environment, natural resources and economic theory Apply economic principles to solving environmental problems and discuss the limitations of standard microeconomic analyses to treating environmental problems Critically evaluate aspects of the free market, market failures and externalities Interpret and model the valuation of non-market environmental/public goods and services Main Content Modelling Environmental Problems Modelling the Market Process Modelling Market Failures Modelling Solutions to Environmental Problems Empirical and Practical Applications Pre-requisites 60% in ECO133 or 60% in ECO134 OR ECO121 and ECO122 (B.Econ 4 yr) OR ECO141 and ECO142 AND ECO231 and ECO234 Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Time Table Requirements per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 42 Lectures per week 3 Assignments & tasks: 40 Practicals per week 0 Tests & examinations: 7 Tutorials 0 Self-study: 61 Total learning time: 150 Methods of Student Assessment Final Exam = 50% Continuous Assessment Mark = 50% (Assignments; Tests; Presentations and Research Project) ECONOMICS Module topic PUBLIC SECTOR ECONOMICS Generic module name PUBLIC SECTOR ECONOMICS Alpha-numeric Code ECO334 Credit Value 15 Semester (1 st semester) Module Type University Module Programmes in which the module is offered. B.Com, B.Com (Economics), B.Econ (4yr), B.Com (Law), B.Com (Extended 4yr), B.Admin Level 7 Upon completion of this module, a student should be able to: Critically evaluate the main theories of how public choices are made. Discuss models which explain the growth of government expenditure. Critically analyse the economic effects of different types of taxes. Model fiscal and social policy. Analyse the key principles of fiscal federalism. Main Content Public Choice Theory Public expenditure Taxation Fiscal federalism 168

Pre-requisites 60% in ECO133 or 60% in ECO134 OR ECO121 and ECO122 (B.Econ 4yr) OR ECO141 and ECO142 and ECO231, ECO232 and ECO234 Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Time Table Requirements per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 42 Lectures per week 3 Assignments & tasks: 40 Practicals per week 0 Tests & examinations: 7 Tutorials 0 Self-study: 61 Total learning time: 150 Methods of Student Assessment Final Exam = 50% Continuous Assessment Mark = 50% (Essay; Tests) Faculty EMS School of Government Local Economic Development: Economic Profiling -Quantitative Analysis Generic Module Name Local Economic Development Alpha-numeric Code Credit Value 10 Semester Proposed semester to be Second semester offered. Programmes in which the BECON module will be offered Level 7 Year Level 2 After completing this module, learners should be able to: Discuss appropriate features of economic profiling. Apply the concepts on a municipal, district, metro or regional level. Describe and apply different research methodologies for development information Explain fundamental development concepts Conduct basic calculations and data analysis as part of compiling of a development profile of a local area focusing on a detailed economic analysis of the area Main Content Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules The following main topics are covered in the module: Definitions of Development Basic economic principles of indicator frameworks as an economic development tool Basic Research methodologies to apply statistics Basic excel skills for development profiling Practically compiling a local development profile for a local area Introduction to Local Economic Development Prohibited module Combination 169

Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Time-table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 31 Lectures p.w. Assignments & tasks: 30 Practicals p.w. Practicals: 1 Tutorials p.w. Test and Assessments 6 Selfstudy 32 hours Total Learning Time 100 hours Method of Student Assessment Continuous Assessment Assessment Module type Formal assessment. i.e. Test, Assignment and group tasks Faculty EMS School of Government Investment Promotion Generic Module Name Investment Promotion Alpha-numeric Code PUB424 Credit Value 15 Semester Proposed semester to be 2013 offered. Programmes in which the BEcon module will be offered Level 8 Year Level 4 At the end of this module a student should be able to: Discuss practical skills required to be an efficient practitioner in developing policy and strategies that are useful in attracting appropriate investors into a municipality, district, metro or region. Analyze with practical skills to be used to analyze and interpret specific investor needs and behavior. Design tools that will enrich and support investor decision makers in appropriate investor related decisions. Main Content The following main topics are covered in the module: Investor Behavior and Psychology Processes of Foreign Direct Investment Regional Investment Promotion Economic Development and Foreign Investment Technology and Investment Investment Policy and Strategy Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Time-table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 48 Lectures p.w. Assignments & tasks: 62 Practicals p.w. Practicals: Tutorials p.w. Selfstudy 40 Total Learning Time 150 Method of Student Assessment CPA Assessment Module type Assignment writing Test Group tasks 170

Faculty EMS School of Government Local Economic Development: Enabling Mechanisms Generic Module Name Local Economic Development: Enabling Mechanism Alpha-numeric Code LED211 Credit Value 15 Semester Proposed semester to be First semester offered. Programmes in which the BEcon module will be offered Level 7 Year Level 3 After completing this module, participants should be able to: Practically apply the various enabling mechanisms, frameworks and tools available for economic development. Conduct an analysis of the national environment for various configurations of the above enabling mechanisms Design and use a sector competency template to investigate the implications of each enabling framework for the three sectors public, private and civil Identify and discuss the risks and benefits associated with each of the enabling frameworks. Identify economic development tools to develop business cooperatives, clusters, corridors, zones innovation incubators and technology hubs. Design and complete various sector competency templates Interpret data from sector competency templates Engage with business, business chambers and industrial support mechanisms Main Content The following main topics are covered in the module: Mechanisms to plan and unlock economic development potential of a municipality, district or metro. Co-operatives, clusters, corridors, gateways and zones as economic development tools. Logic and dynamics to execute industrial formations and their applicability. Innovation incubators and technology hubs as economic development tools Competency templates Pre-requisite modules Local Economic Development: Economic Profiling Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Time-table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 48 Lectures p.w. Assignments & tasks: 56 Practicals p.w. Practicals: Tutorials p.w. Exams and Assessments 6 hours Selfstudy 40 hours Total Learning Time 150 hours Method of Student Assessment CPA Assessment Module type Formal assessment. i.e. Test, Assignment and group tasks 171

Faculty EMS School of Government Local Economic Development: Enabling Mechanisms Generic Module Name Local Economic Development: Enabling Mechanism Alpha-numeric Code LED311 Credit Value 15 Semester Proposed semester to be First semester offered. Programmes in which the BEcon module will be offered Level 7 Year Level 3 After completing this module, participants should be able to: Practically apply the various enabling mechanisms, frameworks and tools available for economic development. Conduct an analysis of the national environment for various configurations of the above enabling mechanisms Design and use a sector competency template to investigate the implications of each enabling framework for the three sectors public, private and civil Identify and discuss the risks and benefits associated with each of the enabling frameworks. Identify economic development tools to develop business cooperatives, clusters, corridors, zones innovation incubators and technology hubs. Design and complete various sector competency templates Interpret data from sector competency templates Engage with business, business chambers and industrial support mechanisms Main Content The following main topics are covered in the module: Mechanisms to plan and unlock economic development potential of a municipality, district or metro. Co-operatives, clusters, corridors, gateways and zones as economic development tools. Logic and dynamics to execute industrial formations and their applicability. Innovation incubators and technology hubs as economic development tools Competency templates Pre-requisite modules Local Economic Development: Economic Profiling Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Time-table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 48 Lectures p.w. Assignments & tasks: 56 Practicals p.w. Practicals: Tutorials p.w. Exams and Assessments 6 hours Selfstudy 40 hours Total Learning Time 150 hours Method of Student Assessment CPA Assessment Module type Formal assessment. i.e. Test, Assignment and group tasks 172

Faculty EMS School of Government Managing Economic Development Organisations Generic Module Name Managing Economic Development Organisations Alpha-numeric Code PUB Credit Value 15 Semester Proposed semester to be 2013 offered. Programmes in which the BEcon module will be offered Level 8 Year Level 4 At the end of this module a student should be able to: Define development based on the latest development concepts and practically apply the concepts on a municipal, district, metro or regional level. Explain and apply different research methodologies for development information Explain fundamental development concepts Conduct basic calculations and data analysis as part of compiling of a development profile of a local area focusing on a detailed economic analysis of the area Main Content The following main topics are covered in the module: Definitions of development Basic economic principles of indicator frameworks as an economic development tool Research methodologies to apply statistics Basic excel skills for development profiling Practically compiling a local development profile for a local area Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Time-table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 48 Lectures p.w. Assignments & tasks: 62 Practicals p.w. Practicals: Tutorials p.w. Selfstudy 40 Total Learning Time 150 Method of Student Assessment CPA Assessment Module type Assignment writing Test Group tasks Faculty EMS School of Government Public Private Partnership Generic Module Name Public Private Partnership Alpha-numeric Code PUB421 Credit Value 15 Semester Proposed semester to be 2013 offered. 173

Programmes in which the BEcon module will be offered Level 8 Year Level 4 At the end of this module a student should be able to: Demonstrate an understanding of public procurement in the context of municipal fiscal and good governance. Describe the legal framework for public procurement in Local Government. Explain the role of PPP in leveraging private financing. Articulate the different phases of the PPP Project Cycle. Assess the process and the outcome of PPP Main Content Good governance Procurement in municipalities Legal framework for public procurement in municipalities Public-private partnership Public-private partnership project cycles Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Time-table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 48 Lectures p.w. Assignments & tasks: 62 Practicals p.w. Practicals: Tutorials p.w. Selfstudy 40 Total Learning Time 150 Method of Student Assessment CPA Assessment Module type Assignment writing Test Group tasks Fare Share Module Descriptors FAIR SHARE, SCHOOL OF GOVERNMENT, FACULTY OF ECONOMIC AND MANAGEMENT SCIENCES Module description COMMUNICATION AND INFORMATION MANAGEMENT Generic module name COMMUNICATION AND INFORMATION MANAGEMENT Alpha-numeric code FSH121 Module numeric code 142000 Credit Value 10 Semester Module Type Programme Level 5 To enable the learner to Display a deeper understanding of communication as a vital life skill; Use communication tools for various purpose in the workplace, especially for problem solving and critical thinking; Engage in consensual communication in the workplace, (negotiation skills); 174

Identify and practice different forms of writing for organizational efficiency and needs, based on cross curricular learning outcomes; Plan and design reports, Plan and design reports, project proposals, speeches and various forms of essay writing. Main Content Writing skills development Various aspects of speech communication Report and proposals writing Preparation of public speeches. Pre-requisites Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 48 Assignments & tasks: 10 Tests & examinations: 15 Selfstudy 27 Total Learning Time 100 Methods of Student Assessment Practical assignments Workplace assessment Assignment writing Group tasks Assessment of speech/ oral communication ability FAIR SHARE, SCHOOL OF GOVERNMENT, FACULTY OF ECONOMIC AND MANAGEMENT SCIENCES Module description DEVELOPMENT ECONOMICS 1 Generic module name DEVELOPMENT ECONOMICS 1 Alpha-numeric code FSH122 Module numeric code 142001 Credit Value 10 Semester Module Type Programme Level 5 To enable the learner to Analyse numbers relevant to key economic indicators; Read and understand graphs and key measurement indicators used to assess economic growth and development; Have basic knowledge of the policy that underlies, and process followed to draw up budgets on a local, provincial and national level; Have the ability to identify and discuss the strengths and weaknesses of various developmental paths. Main Content The terms economic growth and how to measure it Human development and the indicators thereof A basic understanding of trends in SA s economic growth in general A basic understanding of trends in employment, labour, productivity and capital productivity. A basic understanding of the National Budget and the ways in which it impacts upon the lives of ordinary people from a revenue and from an expenditure perspective Pre-requisites Co-requisites 175

Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 48 Assignments & tasks: 10 Tests & examinations: 15 Practicals: 0 Selfstudy 27 Total Learning Time 100 Methods of Student Assessment Practical assignments Group tasks Class Tests FAIR SHARE, SCHOOL OF GOVERNMENT, FACULTY OF ECONOMIC AND MANAGEMENT SCIENCES Module description DEVELOPMENT ECONOMICS 11 Generic module name DEVELOPMENT ECONOMICS 11 Alpha-numeric code FSH118 Module numeric code 142002 Credit Value 10 Semester Module Type Programme Level 5 To enable the learner to Analyse numbers relevant to key economic indicators; Read and understand graphs and key measurement indicators used to assess economic growth and development; Have basic knowledge of the policy that underlies, and process followed to draw up budgets on a local, provincial and national level; Have the ability to identify and discuss the strengths and weaknesses of various developmental paths. Main Content The terms economic growth and how to measure it Human development and the indicators thereof A basic understanding of trends in SA s economic growth in general A basic understanding of trends in employment, labour, productivity and capital productivity. A basic understanding of the National Budget and the ways in which it impacts upon the lives of ordinary people from a revenue and from an expenditure perspective Pre-requisites Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 48 Assignments & tasks: 10 Tests & examinations: 15 Practicals: 0 Selfstudy 27 Total Learning Time 100 Methods of Student Assessment Writing Assignment Group tasks Class Tests Practical assignments 176

FAIR SHARE, SCHOOL OF GOVERNMENT, FACULTY OF ECONOMIC AND MANAGEMENT SCIENCES Module Description LOCAL GOVERNANCE Generic Module Name LOCAL GOVERNANCE Alpha numeric Code FSH127 Module numeric code 142127 Credit Value 10 Semester Module Type Programme Level 5 To enable the learner to Understand, analyse and critique the relationship between municipalities, provision of services and the responsibility of Main outcomes citizens; Have a basic understanding of the nature of Local Government; Understand the various elements of community participation. The legal and democratic nature of Local Government The role of municipalities in community development Knowledge and application of legislative requirements for Main content community participation Various techniques of community participation The relationship between municipalities, provision of services and the responsibility of citizens Pre-requisites Co-requisites Prohibited combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with Lecturer/tutor: 48 Assignments and tasks: 15 Tests and Examinations: 10 Selfstudy 27 Total learning time 100 Practical assignments Assignment writing Methods of student assessment Group tasks Written tests FAIR SHARE, SCHOOL OF GOVERNMENT, FACULTY OF ECONOMIC AND MANAGEMENT SCIENCES Module description ORGANISATIONAL DEVELOPMENT Generic module name ORGANISATIONAL DEVELOPMENT Alpha-numeric code FSH123 Module numeric code 142004 Credit Value 10 Semester Module Type Programme Level 5 To enable the learner to Have increased knowledge and understanding about organizational development processes and procedures; Identify elements needed to develop sustainable and strong community organizations and reflect on relations of power, ethics and accountability. 177

Main Content A definition of Organisational Development and change theories How to do an organizational diagnosis The planning, design and implementation of OD interventions Pre-requisites Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 48 Assignments & tasks: 10 Tests & examinations: 15 Self study 27 Total Learning Time 100 Methods of Student Assessment Practical assignments Workplace assessment Assignment writing Group tasks FAIR SHARE, SCHOOL OF GOVERNMENT, FACULTY OF ECONOMIC AND MANAGEMENT SCIENCES Module description RESEARCH PROJECT Generic module name RESEARCH PROJECT Alpha-numeric code FSH124 Module numeric code 142005 Credit Value 10 Semester Module Type Programme Level 5 To enable the learner to Formulate and understand a basic research problem/ hypothesis; Have a basic understanding of the processes of conducting research; Design a research study; Conduct a basic research study to apply the findings to improve the identified problem; Write a research report which describes the different steps in the research process. Main Content An introduction to Research Different approaches/ methodologies Different techniques in data gathering The various processes of designing and conducting a research project How to write a research project Pre-requisites Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 48 Assignments & tasks: 10 Tests & examinations: 15 Self study 27 Total Learning Time 100 178

Methods of Student Assessment Production of a research report, based on a research study conducted by the student. FAIR SHARE, SCHOOL OF GOVERNMENT, FACULTY OF ECONOMIC AND MANAGEMENT SCIENCES Module description WORKPLACE LEARNING Generic module name WORKPLACE LEARNING Alpha-numeric code FSH125 Module numeric code 142006 Credit Value 40 Semester Module Type Programme Level 5 To enable the learner to Through their work, display that they have acquired the knowledge and skills of the areas that they have identified and share it with a learning partner; Apply the acquired knowledge and skills towards the growth and development of their organizations and communities; Identify and engage in integrated cross-curricular learning activities. Main Content The content of the curriculum forms the basis of the workplace learning module. Pre-requisites Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 80 Assignments & tasks: 80 Tests & examinations: 0 Practicals: 120 Selfstudy 60 Other: Please specify 60 Total Learning Time 400 Methods of Student Assessment Practical assignments Workplace assessment Assignment writing Group tasks FAIR SHARE, SCHOOL OF GOVERNMENT, FACULTY OF ECONOMIC AND MANAGEMENT SCIENCES Module description TRAINING DESIGN AND FACILITATION OF COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT INTERVENTIONS Generic module name TRAINING DESIGN AND FACILITATION OF COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT INTERVENTIONS Alpha-numeric code FSH120 Module numeric code 142007 Credit Value 10 Semester Module Type Programme Level 5 To enable the learner to Understand the latest developments around education, Training and Development in South Africa; 179

Understand, critically analyse and implement Adult Learning Theories; Make choices i.t.o. content and methodology of community interventions; Conduct learning needs assessment; Define learning outcomes; Plan, design, present and evaluate interventions like workshops, seminars and campaigns; Critically reflect on and evaluate their practices. Main Content The latest developments around Education, Training and Development in South Africa. Adult Learning Theories. Steps in the Education, Training and Development (ETD) process Pre-requisites Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 48 Assignments & tasks: 10 Tests & examinations: 15 Selfstudy 27 Total Learning Time 100 Methods of Student Assessment Practical assignment. Group tasks. Assignment writing. Workshop presentations. FAIR SHARE, SCHOOL OF GOVERNMENT, FACULTY OF ECONOMIC AND MANAGEMENT SCIENCES Module description GENDER AND DEVELOPMENT Generic module name GENDER AND DEVELOPMENT Alpha-numeric code FSH126 Module numeric code 142008 Credit Value 10 Semester Module Type Programme Level 5 To enable the learner to Understand the meaning of gender and the distinction between sex and gender; Be aware of themselves as gendered beings; Understand the meaning of gender stereotyping; Understand socialization and how this impacts on gender issues; Understand women s practical and economical needs and strategic interests; Have a basic knowledge of gender polices. Understand the link between Gender and HIV/AIDS Main Content Gender Policies Gender Concepts Women and the economy Pre-requisites Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations 180

Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 48 Assignments & tasks: 10 Tests & examinations: 15 Practicals: 0 Selfstudy 27 Total Learning Time 100 Methods of Student Assessment Assignment writing. Group tasks. Oral assessment. Industrial Psychology General requirements: Students, who want recognition of Industrial Psychology as a major, must pass all modules. Students who wish to register for Honours must complete all Industrial Psychology modules. First Year Level: Consists of one semester module INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY Module topic INTRODUCTION TO PSYCHOLOGY IN THE WORKPLACE Generic module name INTRODUCTION TO PSYCHOLOGY IN THE WORKPLACE Alpha-numeric Code IPS131 (For non-ems students only) IPS132 (For EMS students only) Credit Value 15 S (1st semester IPS131) (2 nd semester IPS132) Module Type University Level 5 IPS131/132 introduces students to basic constructs in the field of Psychology and Industrial Psychology. Specifically, students should be able to: Explain basic psychology concepts and constructs Describe Industrial Psychology within the field of Psychology List and briefly describe the different personality theories Explain individual differences at work Briefly explain theories pertaining to Industrial Psychology Explain the background to and nature of Industrial and Oganizational Psychology Describe the basic principles of managing people and their behaviour in organizations. Main Content Schools of thought in Psychology and Industrial Psychology Individual behavioural processes Social behaviour and processes Personality in the work context Employee and organizational well-being Psychological methodologies Pre-requisites Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Time-table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 56 Lectures p/week Assignments & tasks: 30 Practicals p/w Tests & examinations: 8 Self-study: 56 Total learning time: 150 Methods of Student Assessment Tests and assignments (continuous evaluation) 60%; Final Examination 40% 181

INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY CAREER PSYCHOLOGY Generic module name CAREER PSYCHOLOGY Alpha-numeric code IPS231 Credit Value 10 Semester (2 nd semester) Programmes in which the module Bcom, BCom (4-year), BAdmin, BA is offered. Level 6 IPS 231 serves as an introduction to the field of career psychology. At the end of the course students should be able to: Explain the concept: Career; Discuss the evolving concept of career development. Identify and discuss relevant career development issues and its impact on both individuals and organizations; Discuss the dimensions of the Career Cycle; List and discuss the life cycle of an individual and the impact of each stage on his/her career; Discuss the various stages of career development; Identify and discuss the challenges related to each of the career development stages; Explain the role of the organization and the individual with regard to career development Main Content Understand the meaning of work Career concepts and a Career Management Model Career Choice Career Anchors Life and Career Stages Organizational Choice Changes in organizations and implications for careers Organizational Support Career Issues Pre-requisites IPS132 Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Time-table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Assignments & tasks: 34 Lectures p.w. 1 Tests & examinations: 4 Tutorials p.w. 1 Practicals: 0 Practicals p.w. Selfstudy 34 Total Learning Time 100 Methods of Student Assessment Final Examination 40% Continuous evaluation 60% INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY PSYCHOMETRICS Generic module name PSYCHOMETRICS Alpha-numeric code IPS232 Credit Value 10 Semester (2 nd semester) Programmes in which the module BCom, BCom (4-year), BAdmin, BA is offered. 182

Level 6 After completion of this course, students should be in position to: Explain the nature, characteristics, uses and abuses of psychometric tests. Describe the legislative and ethical framework pertaining to psychometric tests based on the roles played by various users of psychological assessments; Evaluate selection techniques and decisions and determine fairness and bias involved. Clarify and define competency-based assessment Main Content Development, nature, characteristics, application and abuses of assessment techniques and psychological tests. Legislative and ethical framework governing test administration Multimodal methods of assessment Competency-based assessment Pre-requisites IPS131/IPS132 AND BUS131 or BUS132 (BCom); OR STA141 OR 141 (BAdmin/BA.) Students must obtain a 50% pass mark in the above modules. Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Time-table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Lectures p.w. 1 Assignments & tasks: 34 Tutorials p.w. 1 Tests & examinations: 4 Practicals p.w Practicals: Selfstudy 34 Total Learning Time 100 Methods of Student Assessment Final Examination 40% Continuous evaluation 60% INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT Generic module name HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT Alpha-numeric code IPS233 Credit Value 10 Semester (1 st semester) Programmes in which the B.Com, B.Com (4-year), BAdmin, B.A. module is offered. Level 6 IPS 233 serves as an introduction to the general field of personnel management. At the end of this course students should be able to: Recall and explain the history of human resources management Explain the major role(s) and functions of a Human Resources Department; Recognise and evaluate the importance of environmental factors impacting on the management of human resources; Apply knowledge of human resources functions in a real life-simulated scenario; 183

Main Content Foundations of Human Resource Management Job analysis & job design Employee recruitment, selection & induction Internal staffing Performance appraisal & performance management Employee training, management, development & career management Pre-requisites IPS132 Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Time-table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Assignments & tasks: 34 Lectures p.w.1 Tests & examinations: 4 Practicals p.w Practicals: 0 Tutorials p.w 1 Selfstudy 34 Total Learning Time 100 Methods of Student Assessment Continuous evaluation 60% Final Examination 40% INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY LABOUR RELATIONS Generic module name LABOUR RELATIONS Alpha-numeric code IPS234 Credit Value 10 S Programmes in which the module B.Com, B.Com (4-year), BAdmin, B.A. is offered. Level 6 IPS 234 introduces students to the field of labour relations in theory, but also to the importance of sound labour relations between employers and employees in practice, in South Africa, specifically students should be able to: Describe the environmental context of labour relations; Explain the various parties involved in labour relations and their respective roles; Discuss the importance of promoting sound labour relations in SA Main Content Labour relations theory and perspectives The history of labour relations in SA Environmental influence on labour relations Trade unions; goals, strategies and organizations Management strategy and employer organizations The role of the state, government strategies and the state as employer South African labour law Collective bargaining law Employee participation Workplace agreements and procedures The negotiation process Conciliation, arbitration and Labour Court adjudication Strikes and lock-outs Pre-requisites IPS132 Co-requisites 184

Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Time-table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Assignments & tasks: 34 Lectures p.w. 1 Tests & examinations: 4 Practicals p.w Practicals: 0 Tutorials p.w 1 Selfstudy 34 Total Learning Time 100 Methods of Student Assessment Continuous evaluation 60% Final Examination 40% INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR Generic module name ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR Numeric Code IPS331 Alpha-numeric code IPS331 Credit Value 15 Semester (2 nd semester) Programmes in which the BCom, BCom (4-year), BAdmin, BA module is offered. Level 7 At the end of the course students should be able to: Define the concepts of Organizational Behavior Trace the historical development & schools of thought. Identify and discuss the fundamental characteristics of the field. Critically discuss the theories of motivation and leadership. Discuss the basic principles of group dynamics and team work. Apply theories of Organizational Behaviour to selected cases. Explain the impact of technology on modern organizations Main Content Motivation in organizations Group Dynamics & Team Work Communication in Organizations Decision-Making in Organizations Influence, Power and Politics in Organizations Leadership in Organizations Organizational Structure & Design Technology in Organizations Managing Organizational Change Pre-requisites Any three of the following (3) modules: IPS231, IPS232, IPS233 and IPS234 Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations IPS131/132 PLUS 331 Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Time-table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Assignments & tasks: 47 Lectures p.w. 1 Tests & examinations: 5 Practicals p.w. Practicals: 0 Tutorials p.w. 1 Selfstudy 70 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment Final Examination 40%, Continuous evaluation 60%, 185

INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY RESEARCH METHODOLOGY Generic module name RESEARCH METHODOLOGY Alpha-numeric code IPS333 Credit Value 15 Semester Programmes in which the module BCom, BCom (4-year), BAdmin, BA is offered. Level 7 After completion of this course students should be able to: Discuss the logic of scientific research. Handle practical problems encountered during research Plan projects to solve problems Conduct scientific research, inter alia, write a research proposal, gather relevant information, analyse data, interpret the information and come to appropriate conclusions. Write a research report Main Content Different methods of acquiring knowledge The Scientific Method applied to social reality Problem formulation, hypothesis formulation Types of research design Data collection, analysis and interpretation Writing a research report Pre-requisites Any three (3) of the following modules: IPS231, IPS232, IPS233, IPS234 Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations IPS 131/132 PLUS 331 Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Time-table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Assignments & tasks: 47 Lectures p.w. 1 Tests & examinations: 5 Practicals p.w. Practicals: 0 Tutorials p.w. 1 Selfstudy 70 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment Final Examination 40% Continuous evaluation 60% INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY ERGONOMICS Generic module name ERGONOMICS Numeric Code IPS334 Credit Value 15 Semester (2 nd semester) Programmes in which the BCom, BCom (4-year), BAdmin, BA module is offered. Level 7 On completion of this module students should be able to: Think critically about underlying ergonomic principles, theories and constructs Be proficient in applying ergonomic principles/ aspects in the design of workstations for both the able and disabled individuals 186

Identify, analyze and evaluate ergonomic theory efficiently and effectively and recommend solutions to selected cases Develop coherent arguments when evaluating ergonomic theory/cases and recommending solutions Main Content Explore the fundamental concepts of ergonomics Apply ergonomics in the design/improvement of products, equipment and the work environment Compare the various human technology systems and approaches Address how humans process information Identify how human performance is affected by task, machine, workspace and environment Consider the importance of anthropometric data in the design of equipment Address issues relating to workplace design (namely, environmental factors, physical factors, psychological factors, Interpersonal factors and temporal conditions of work) which influence behaviour, health and safety and impact performance and productivity Be aware of how posture and movement impact on performance and productivity and contribute to injuries Develop an awareness of the special needs category of the population (namely. Gender, pregnant women and the disabled Ascertain how stress affects people and performance Address ergonomics as part of a business strategy Pre-requisites Any three (3) of the following modules: IPS231, IPS232, IPS233, IPS234 Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Time-table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Assignments & tasks: 47 Lectures p.w. 1 Tests & examinations: 5 Practicals p.w. Practicals: 0 Tutorials p.w. 1 Selfstudy 70 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment Final Examination 40% Continuous Evaluation 60% INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY CONSUMER BEHAVIOR Generic module name CONSUMER BEHAVIOR Alpha-numeric code IPS335 Credit Value 15 Semester (1 st semester) Programmes in which the BCom, BCom (4-year), BAdmin, B.A. module is offered. Level 7 At the end of the module the students will be able to: Define consumer behaviour Describe the marketing concept Describe market segmentation Explain and contrast consumer research and compile a questionnaire 187

Describe individual consumer related aspects Describe social and cultural consumer related aspects Describe the consumer decision-making process Explain the role of individual, social and cultural related consumer aspects in consumer decision-making Apply their knowledge of consumer behaviour in designing an advertisement Main Content Market segmentation and marketing concept Consumer research Consumer as individual: Motivation Personality Perception Learning Attitude formation and change Communication Consumer in social and cultural setting: Reference groups and family influences Social class Culture Consumer s decision-making process: Consumer influence and diffusion of innovations Decision-making and beyond Pre-requisites Any three (3) of the following modules: IPS231, IPS232, IPS233, IPS234 Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Timetable Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Assignments & tasks: 47 Lectures p.w 1 Tests & examinations: 5 Practical p.w. Practicals: 0 Tutorials p.w Selfstudy 70 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment Final Examination 40% Continuous Evaluation 60% INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY NEGOTIATION AND CONFLICT RESOLUTION Generic module name NEGOTIATION AND CONFLICT RESOLUTION Alpha-numeric code IPS336 Credit Value 15 S (1 st semester ) Programmes in which the BCom, BCom (4-year), BAdmin, BA module is offered. Level 7 IPS 336 serves as an introduction to negotiation and conflict resolution within the context of labour relations in South Africa. At the end of the course students should be able to: Apply conflict handling skills and handle negotiations in a problem-solving manner. Exert certain behaviour in negotiations that is conducive to integrative bargaining. Conclude negotiations and implement agreements successfully. 188

Main Content The nature of conflict The nature of negotiation Competitive negotiation Alternatives to competitive negotiation Negotiation communication skills Behaviour of successful negotiators Pre-requisites Any three (3) of the following modules: IPS231, IPS232, IPS233, IPS234 Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Assignments & tasks: 47 Lectures p.w. 1 Tests & examinations: 5 Practicals p.w. Practicals: 0 Tutorials p.w 1 Selfstudy 70 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment Final Examination 40% Continuous Evaluation 60% INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY TRAINING MANAGEMENT Generic module name TRAINING MANAGEMENT Alpha-numeric code IPS337 Credit Value 15 S Programmes in which the BCom, BCom (4-year), BAdmin, BA module is offered. Level 7 At the end of the module the student will be able to: Identify international and local trends in HRD, with specific reference to ETD practices and legislation (The Skills Development Act, etc). Comprehend the need for the establishment of a culture of life-long learning in the workplace, and the transition from a focus on training to a focus on performance improvement. Describe and provide practical guidelines for each of the phases of the training process need analysis, designing and planning, implementation and evaluation. Design a basic training programme, based on needs analysis conducted in a real work situation and taking into account all factors involved in the management of the HRD function (budgeting, administration, etc). Main Content International and local trends in human resource development The transformational purpose and principles underpinning the skills development legislation The learning organization and performance management Conducting training needs analysis Practical guidelines for the design of various interventions Managing the HRD function (e.g. marketing, budgeting etc) Guidelines for: - technology-based learning (TBL) - Adult Basic Education and - Training (ABET) 189

- Multi-skilling - EE and diversity training Conducting evaluation of a learning intervention in the workplace using the most appropriate techniques, based upon an outcomes-based assessment system. Pre-requisites Any three (3) of the following modules: IPS231, IPS232, IPS233, IPS234 Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Time-table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Assignments & tasks: 47 Lectures p.w. 1 Tests & examinations: 5 Practicals p.w. Practicals: 0 Tutorials p.w. 1 Selfstudy 70 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment Information Systems Undergraduate Syllabus Final Examination 40%, Continuous Evaluation 60% (Tests, Assignments) PLEASE NOTE: - The Department of Information Systems may decide to limit the number of students accepted into IFS second- and third year modules depending on the amount of resources available. Selection, in this event, will mainly be based on first year IFS marks. - The IFS second year, Stream 2 modules (IFS 232, IFS 234) are not offered on a part time basis, and only a limited number of students will be accepted for full-time modules. Students who wish to register for this particular stream must submit their names to the Department of Information Systems before the last day of classes of the previous academic year. Selection will be based on first year IFS marks. - IFS341, IFS342 IFS324 and IFS351 will not be offered on a part-time basis. First Year: (Fundamentals of Information Systems) INFORMATION SYSTEMS Module topic INTRODUCTION TO INFORMATION SYSTEMS Generic module name INTRODUCTION TO INFORMATION SYSTEMS Module Code IFS131/132 Credit Value 15 Semester Module Type Faculty Level 5 At the end of this unit the student will: Be able to utilize personal computer technology effectively and productively. Be able to use the computer to organise and manage information at a personal level. Understand the structure, activities & dynamics of organisations Understand the role of information systems in different organisations Understand the place of the information systems department in organisations Be practiced in the workings of a typical business information system 190

Main Content Introduction to computer hardware and software and using them. Organisations & their activities and The roles that IS play in organisations Introduction to means whereby IS can improve business performance Pre-requisites Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Time-table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 48 hours (16 weeks X 3 Lecture Slots) Assignments & tasks: 40 hours Tests & examinations: 8 hours (3 x 2hr tests) Practicals: 32 hours (16 weeks X 2 tutorial slots) Selfstudy 36 hours Total Learning Time 164 hours Methods of Student Assessment Theory tests & assignments, practical tests & assignments (60%), and examinations (40%). Second Year Stream 1: (IFS Management) Faculty Economics and Management Science INFORMATION SYSTEMS BUSINESS ANALYSIS Generic Module Name BUSINESS ANALYSIS Alpha-numeric Code IFS231 NQF Level 6 NQF Credit Value 20 Semester Proposed semester to be First offered. Programmes in which the module will be offered At the end of the module the student will be able to demonstrate: An understanding of the basic components of a business process model including activities, data flows, data stores, material flows, material stores, and external entities. The ability to develop business process models from written evidence and from interviews. The capacity to critically appraise a business process model for completeness and accuracy. An understanding of the basic components of data and entity relationship models including entities, associative entities, relationships and data specification. The ability to develop data and entity models from written evidence and from interviews. an understanding of normalization The capacity to critically appraise a data or entity relationship model for completeness and accuracy. Main Content Introduction to systems analysis Analysis and documenting of business processes Data modeling Foundations of database design 191

Pre-requisite modules BCom Students (3-year programme) IFS131/IFS132 and QSC131/132 or MAT126 and ALC131/132 BCom Students (4-year programme) and BAdmin Students IFS131/IFS132 and QSC131/132 or QSF131/132 and ALC131/132 BsC Students (3-year programme) IFS131/IFS132 and COS101 AND COS114 OR COS124 AND EED127 AND MAT105 OR STA111 BSc Students (4-year programme) IFS131/IFS132 and COS101 or ISC153 AND MAT151 OR IFS131/IFS132 and COS101 AND Physics 151(2010) And MAT151 Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time Time-table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 56 Lectures p.w Assignments & tasks: 60 Practical s p.w. Tests & examinations: 20 Tutorials p.w. Self-study 64 Practical: Total Learning Time 200 Method of Student Assessment Assessment Module type 60% - Tests, assignments, tutorials. 40% - Final Assessment INFORMATION SYSTEMS SYSTEMS DELIVERY MANAGEMENT Generic Module Name SYSTEMS DELIVERY MANAGEMENT Alpha-numeric code IFS233 Credit Value 20 SEMESTER (2 nd Semester) Level 6 At the end of this module the student must: Demonstrate the ability to develop refined simple project networks. Demonstrate an understanding of the basic characteristics of work breakdown structures and have the ability to organize them, from a detailed description of project and systems requirements. Be able to check and process basic timesheet data. Demonstrate an understanding of the essential components of a periodic project report and develop such a report from the basic time sheet inputs and meeting notes. Be able to identify the component parts of a systems test Demonstrate an understanding of test scripts and an ability to prepare such from systems requirement documentation. Be able to explain and organize the implementation tasks involved in handing a system over to the users, including physical accommodation of the system, training and fault reporting. Demonstrate an understanding of the differences between project completion meetings and post-implementation reviews, and be able to plan and to report on them. 192

Main Content Project Planning & Control Techniques for project control including network charts, specification of tasks and deliverables, and the application of time and work measurement. Problems of completing the IS development work Testing the quality of the completed system, and Handing systems over and helping with user acceptance Pre-requisites IFS231 Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Time- table requirements per week Contact with lecturer/tutor: 56 Assignment & tasks: 60 Lectures p.w. 3 Tests & Examinations: 20 Practicals p.w Practicals: 0 Tutorials p.w. 1 Self-study: 64 Total Learning Time 200 Methods of Student Assessment Stream 2: (IS Development) 60% - Tests, assignments, tutorials. 40% - Final Assessment INFORMATION SYSTEMS INTRODUCTION TO CLIENT-SIDE SCRIPTING Generic Module Name INTRODUCTION TO CLIENT-SIDE SCRIPTING Alpha-numeric code IFS232 (1 st Semester) Module numeric code IFS232 Credit Value 20 SEMESTER Level 6 After the course students must demonstrate: The ability to understand and code HTML pages, and make use of CSS attributes; An understanding of the basic principles of object-oriented computer programming; The ability to design and code client-side browser applications using the Javascript language An understanding of the design and operating principles of relational databases Main Content Development of client-side browser application modules and simple databases through an object-oriented scripting approach Pre-requisites IFS131/IFS 132 pass requirement at 60%, QSC131/132 & ALC131/132 Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Time-table requirements per week Contact with lecturer/tutor: 56 Assignment & tasks: 60 Lectures p.w. 3 Tests & Examinations: 20 Practicals p.w. 0 Practicals: 0 Tutorials p.w. 1 Self-study: 64 Total Learning Time 200 Methods of Student Assessment 60% - Tests, assignments, tutorials. 40% - Final Assessment 193

INFORMATION SYSTEMS SERVER-SIDE APPLICATIONS DEVELOPMENT Generic Module Name SERVER-SIDE APPLICATIONS DEVELOPMENT Alpha-numeric code IFS234 Credit Value 20 SEMESTER (2 nd Semester) Level 6 At the end of this module the student must demonstrate: The ability to develop a software application project. An understanding of relational database theory The ability to program data objects An understanding of the relationship between software applications and data sources in the context of an information system. An understanding of the process involved in the development of a functional software application The ability to participate in and contribute functionally to the process of application design Produce the design for and a working instance of a fully functional server-side software application Main Content Database-driven application development skills The ability to participate in the design and production of a real-world server-side software application Pre-requisites IFS232 Pass requirement, QSC131/132 & ALC131/132 Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Time-table requirements per week Contact with lecturer/tutor: 56 Assignment & tasks: 60 Lectures p.w. 3 Tests & Examinations: 20 Practicals p.w. 0 Practicals: 0 Tutorials p.w. 1 Self-study: 64 Total Learning Time 200 Methods of Student Assessment 60% - Tests, assignments, tutorials. 40% - Final Assessment Faculty Economic and Management Sciences Information Systems Databases and Data Modelling Generic Module Name Databases and Data Modelling Alpha-numeric Code IFS242 Level 6 Credit Value 20 Semester Proposed semester to be First offered. Programmes in which the BCom (IS) module will be offered Year level 2 At the end of this module the student will be able to: Understand the principles of relational and object-oriented databases Understand the role of databases in modern information systems 194

Design relational databases of moderate complexity Abstract table structure from data requirement statements Understand the principles of primary- and foreign-key data relationships Utilise the SQL language to query databases Utilise a modern relational database management system using the data manipulation language and the data definition language Model data relationships Main Content The theory and application of relational and object-oriented databases Data-oriented modelling theory and application Unified Modelling Language Object-oriented design principles The object-oriented development life cycle Pre-requisite modules IFS131 or IFS132, QSC132 or QSF131 or MAM126 and ALC132 Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Time-table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 56 Lectures p.w. 3 Assignments & tasks: 60 Practicals p.w. 0 Practicals: 0 Tutorials p.w. 1 Assessments 20 Selfstudy 64 Total Learning Time 200 Method of Student Assessment 60% test assignments 40% final assessment and tutorials Assessment Module type CFA Faculty Economic and Management Sciences Information Systems Business Information Systems Generic Module Name Business Information Systems Alpha-numeric Code IFS244 Level 6 Credit Value 20 Semester Proposed semester to be Second offered. Programmes in which the BCom(IS) module will be offered Year level 2 At the end of this module the student will be able to: Understand the range, function and nature of the diversity of business information systems Understand the interrelationships between business information systems Apply Information Systems theory and principles that will improve business performance in the context of business cases and scenarios Apply key concepts of operations management and their applications in the business environment 195

Articulate the contribution of information and the associated technologies to supporting corporate objectives, adding value and generating competitive advantage for the organisation Develop objectives and strategic plans for the development of integrated information systems within large and small organisations in the manufacturing, commercial and service sectors Understand the role of data and business intelligence in supporting management decision making Define the digital enterprise, and identify the unique characteristics of ecommerce and ebusiness systems as they relate to the digital enterprise Main Content Management Information Systems Business intelligence Decision support systems Expert systems Electronic commerce and transaction processing systems Specialised information systems virtual reality, specialpurpose systems, artificial intelligence Pre-requisite modules IFS131/132 Co-requisite modules IFS231, IFS242 Prohibited module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Time-table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 56 Lectures p.w. 3 Assignments & tasks: 60 Practicals p.w. 0 Practicals: 0 Tutorials p.w. 1 Assessments 20 Selfstudy 64 Total Learning Time 200 Method of Student Assessment 60% test assignments and tutorials 40% final assessment Assessment Module type CFA Faculty Economic and Management Sciences Information Systems Introduction to Object-oriented Principles and Systems Design Generic Module Name Introduction to Object-oriented Principles and Systems Design Alpha-numeric Code IFS251 Level 6 Credit Value 20 Semester Proposed semester to be First offered. Programmes in which the BCom (IS) module will be offered Year level 2 At the end of this module the student will be able to: Demonstrate an understanding of the history of systems development and the requirement for a new approach to systems development Demonstrate an understanding of the costs and benefits of object-oriented design techniques 196

Demonstrate an understanding of system models and modelling Apply basic data-oriented models and modelling techniques Apply the theory of object-oriented abstraction and design Demonstrate an understanding of the nature of software objects, polymorphism and inheritance Demonstrate an understanding of the properties of objects and classes Use Unified Modelling Language to create visual objectoriented data models Apply basic object-oriented approach in software development Apply the principles of abstraction to design software objects Demonstrate an understanding of the object-oriented development life-cycle Utilise data-oriented models and entity relationship diagrams Demonstrate an understanding of requirements modelling Write introductory level object-oriented software in a higherorder object-oriented programming language Main Content The theory and application of object-oriented design principles Applied introductory level object-oriented techniques in systems and software The object-oriented software design paradigm Systems and software modelling Unified Modelling Language The object-oriented development life-cycle Pre-requisite modules IFS131 or IFS132, QSC131/132 or QSF131/132 or MAM126 and ALC131/132. Co-requisite modules IFS242 Prohibited module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Time-table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 56 Lectures p.w. 3 Assignments & tasks: 60 Practicals p.w. 0 Practicals: 0 Tutorials p.w. 1 Assessments 20 Selfstudy 64 Total Learning Time 200 Method of Student Assessment 60% test assignments and tutorials 40% final assessment Assessment Module type CFA Faculty Economic and Management Sciences Information Systems Applied Object-oriented Principles Generic Module Name Applied Object-oriented Principles Alpha-numeric Code IFS262 Level 6 Credit Value 20 Semester Proposed semester to be Second offered. Programmes in which the BCom(IS) module will be offered 197

Year level 2 At the end of this module the student will: Design software and data objects using object-oriented principles and abstraction Utilise a modern object-oriented programming language to apply the principles of object-oriented design and programming Build coherent, non-trivial object-oriented software applications at intermediate level Utilise a modern relational database management system interface in object-oriented software applications Demonstrate applied human computer interface implementation and its user interface design techniques Main Content Modern object-oriented design and abstraction principles The syntax and application of a modern object-oriented programming language Interfacing databases with object-oriented software Human computer interface theory and application Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules IFS242, IFS251 Prohibited module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Time-table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 56 Lectures p.w. 3 Assignments & tasks: 60 Practicals p.w. 0 Practicals: 0 Tutorials p.w. 1 Assessments 20 Selfstudy 64 Total Learning Time 200 Method of Student Assessment 60% test assignments and tutorials 40% final assessment Assessment Module type CFA Faculty Economic and Management Sciences Information Systems Systems Engineering Principles Generic Module Name Systems Engineering Principles Alpha-numeric Code IFS363 Level 7 Credit Value 30 Semester Proposed semester to be First offered. Programmes in which the BCom(IS) module will be offered Year level 3 At the end of this module the student will: Demonstrate an understanding of the interdisciplinary nature of systems engineering Demonstrate an understanding of the decomposition of the system engineering process into a Systems Engineering Technical process, and a Systems Engineering Management Process 198

Identify the relationship between the various systems engineering stages Demonstrate the incorporation of feedback into engineering processes Apply the principles of complexity management Utilise systems engineering tools Perform systems requirements analyses at an introductory level Utilise the modern systems and software testing theories and models Main Content Systems and software engineering scope Systems and software engineering process Complexity management Systems modeling Systems engineering tools Requirements analysis Systems and software testing Pre-requisite modules IFS242, IFS251 Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Time-table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 70 Lectures p.w. 4 Assignments & tasks: 90 Practicals p.w. 0 Practicals: 0 Tutorials p.w. 1 Assessments 20 Selfstudy 120 Total Learning Time 300 Method of Student Assessment 60% test assignments and tutorials 40% final assessment Assessment Module type CFA INFORMATION SYSTEMS IFS INFORMATION SYSTEMS STRATEGY Generic Module Name IFS INFORMATION SYSTEMS STRATEGY Numeric Code IFS 361 Alpha-numeric code IFS 361 Credit Value 30 SEMESTER (1 st semester) Programmes in which the BCom, BCom 4-year, BAdmin module is offeres Level 7 After the course students must: Understand how businesses create value and how information systems assist in value creation. Understand the principles of strategic planning as it affects information systems. Understand the different contribution that information systems can make in different strategic situations Understand the activities that contribute to good project management and the competencies that support it. Be able to work effectively (in a large organisation) in a project office, or (in a smaller organisation) in a junior project management role. 199

Be able to critically appraise and comment on project plans prepared by others. Main Content Introduction to the possible contributions that information Systems can make in strategic planning. The key activities in computer operations The management of IT resources and IT suppliers. Introduction to the basics of project management adding to the prior second level module that deals with project control. Accepted international frameworks for project management. Pre-requisites Pass requirement IFS233 Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Time Table requirements per week Contact with lecturer/tutor 48 Lectures p.w.3 Assignment & tasks: 112 Practicals p.w. 1 Tests & Examination 12 Tutorials p.w.1 Practicals: 28 Self-study: 100 Total Learning Time 300 Assessment Type e.g (CAF) 60% - Tests, assignments, tutorials. 40% - Final Assessment INFORMATION SYSTEM IFS ARCHITECTURE AND INFRASTRUCTURE Generic Module Name IFS ARCHITECTURE AND INFRASTRUCTURE Alpha-numeric code IFS362 Credit Value 30 Semester (2 nd semester) Programmes in which the BCom, BAdmin module is offered Level 7 At the end of the course students must demonstrate an ability to: critically appraise infrastructure plans for completeness and coherency. understand of normal computer room operations. explain service management concepts and define effective service level measures. understand modern systems architecture and its relationship and application to infrastructure Main Content The key activities in information systems operations The management of IT resources and IT suppliers. Infrastructure management. Systems architecture Pre-requisites IFS361 Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Time-Table requirement per week Contact with lecturer/tutor: 48 Lectures p.w. 3 Assignment & tasks: 112 Practicals p.w. Tests & Examinations: 12 Tutorials p.w. 1 Practicals: 28 Self-study: 100 Total Learning Time 300 Assessment Type e.g. (CAF) 60% - Tests, assignments, tutorials. 40% - Final Assessment 200

INFORMATION SYSTEMS IFS PHILOSOPHY AND RESEARCH METHODS Generic Module Name IFS PHILOSOPHY AND RESEARCH METHODS Alpha-numeric code IFS352 (1 ST semester) Credit Value 30 SEMESTER Level 7 At the end of this module the student should be able to: Understand different paradigms within IS. perceive and understand how IS as a discipline forms part of a set of interrelated cultural, social, political and other systems. understand the origins of the information age. understand the philosophical principles of academic writing and publishing in IFS, and be able to apply them. Understand the ethical issues raised during eh process of conducting research understand the nature and progress of scientific enquiry, and its application to IFS Have knowledge of various research methods used in IFS research. Be able to find and evaluate information critically for research purposes Be able to write a research proposal. Be able to interpret and use research output in IFS Main Content IFS from a philosophical perspective. This module is a prerequisite for the full-time Honours in IFS. Introduction to research methods in IFS. This module is a prerequisite for the Honours in IFS. Pre-requisites Registered for BCom (IFS) and pass requirement for any two 2 nd - year IFS modules. Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Hours Time Contact with lecturer/tutor 48 Assignment & tasks: 112 Tests & Examination 12 Practicals: 28 Self-study: 100 Total Learning Time 300 Methods of Student Assessment 60% - Tests, assignments, tutorials. 40% - Final Assessment INFORMATION SYSTEMS CAPITA SELECTA Generic Module Name CAPITA SELECTA Alpha-numeric code IFS351 (Not offered part-time) Credit Value 30 SEMESTER (2 nd Semester) Programmes in which the BCom, BAdmin module is offered Level 7 201

Outcomes for this module will be announced before October of the previous year Main Content This module will be presented by visiting scholars and/or other specialists and might change every year in line with current issues in IS. Detail on the topics will be announced on the website and elsewhere before October of the previous year. Pre-requisites Registered for BCom (IFS) and pass requirement IFS131/IFS132 Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Hours Time Contact with lecturer/tutor: 48 Assignment & tasks: 112 Tests & Examinations: 12 Practicals: 28 Self-study: 100 Total Learning Time 300 B. Amended time-table requirement per week Lectures p.w. 3 Practicals p.w. Tutorials p.w. 1 Assessment Type e.g. (CAF) 60% - Tests, assignments, tutorials. 40% - Final Assessment INFORMATION SYSTEMS CAPITA SELECTA Generic Module Name CAPITA SELECTA Alpha-numeric code IFS341 Credit Value 30 SEMESTER (2 nd Semester) Programmes in which the BCom, BAdmin module is offered Level 7 The outcomes of this module will be determined during the first half of each year and will be announced on the Departmental website before April of each year Main Content Information about topics in this module will be announced on Departmental website before April of each year Pre-requisites Registered for BCom as an Information Systems Specialist and pass requirement IFS 233 Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Hours Time-Table requirement per week Time Contact with lecturer/tutor: 48 Lectures p.w. 3 Assignment & tasks: 112 Practicals p.w. Tests & Examinations: 12 Tutorials p.w. 1 Practicals: 28 Self-study: 100 Total Learning Time 300 Assessment Type e.g. (CAF) 60% - Tests, assignments, tutorials. 40% - Final Assessment 202

(Not offered in 2015) INFORMATION SYSTEMS DATA MODELLING FOR BUSINESS INTELLIGENCE Generic Module Name DATA MODELLING FOR BUSINESS INTELLIGENCE Alpha-numeric code IFS342 Credit Value 30 SEMESTER Programmes in which the BCom, BAdmin module is offered Level 7 At the end of this module the student must be able to: understand and apply the principles of object-oriented design for data storage and management systems explain the principles of data warehousing and the critical factors that lead to success. refer to case studies in different business areas and explain the different motivations for investing in volume data management. transform data into business intelligence using information technology. Main Content Object-oriented data storage and management Basic concepts of data modelling Data mining foundations Data mining methods Business applications of data mining - tools and techniques that allow an organisation to manage its volume data, and to get value out of it. Transforming data into business intelligence Pre-requisites Registered for BCom (IFS) and pass requirement for any two 2 nd year IFS Modules. Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Hours Time-Table requirement per week Time Contact with lecturer/tutor: 64 Lectures p.w. 3 Assignment & tasks: 120 Practicals p.w. Tests & Examinations: 20 Tutorials p.w. 1 Self-study: 96 Total Learning Time 300 Assessment Type e.g. (CAF) 60% - Tests, assignments, tutorials. 40% - Final Assessment (Not offered in 2015) INFORMATION SYSTEMS CAPITA SELECTA Generic Module Name CAPITA SELECTA Alpha-numeric code IFS324 (2 nd semester) Credit Value 30 SEMESTER Level 7 At the end of this module the student must: The outcomes of this module will be determined during the first half of each year and will be announced on the Departmental website before April of each year Main Content Information about topics in this module will be announced on Departmental website before April of each year 203

Pre-requisites Registered for BCom Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Hours Time- table requirements per week Time Contact with lecturer/tutor: 48 Assignment & tasks: 112 Lectures p.w. 3 Tests & Examinations: 12 Practicals p.w Practicals: 28 Tutorials p.w. 1 Self-study: 100 Total Learning Time 300 Methods of Student Assessment 60% - Tests, assignments, tutorials. 40% - Final Assessment Law Faculty Module Descriptors Mercantile Law Mercantile Law Mercantile Law Generic Module Name Mercantile Law 102 Alpha Numeric Code MER102 Credit Value 15 Semester Proposed semester to be Second offered Programmes in which the B.Com(Acc) and B.Com module is offered Level 5 Year level 1 1. INTRODUCTION TO THE SOUTH AFRICAN LEGAL SYSTEM Introduction to study of law Aim To explain the basic structure of our legal system. Objectives Students should know the sources of law; know the South African legal system; understand the principles of the Constitution of the Republic of South Africa, 1996 (Act 108 of 1996, as amended); be able to state the current principles governing delictual liability; and understand unjustified enrichment. Interpretation of statues Aim To give basic guidance on legal rules for interpreting statutes. Have a broad understanding of the Interpretation Act 33 of 1957. Objectives Students should be able to apply basic rules to solve problems; and interpret statutes. 204

2. LAWS WHERE ONLY A BROAD KNOWLEDGE OF THE RELEVANT STATUTES IS REQUIRED General principles of the law of contract and agency Aim To establish a clear understanding of the legal principles operative in this area, especially in those aspects where conflict can often arise in practice. Objectives Students should be able to interpret the provisions of a contract on behalf of clients; and assess the liability of clients and other parties to an agency agreement. Law of purchase and sale and letting and hiring Aim To establish the principles governing trading transactions and the rights and responsibilities of parties to a contract of purchase and sale, and letting and hiring. Objectives Students should be able to determine when a valid purchase/sale has been concluded; recognise difficult situations in which the validity is questioned; and explain in practical terms the consequences of lease transactions to clients. Basic principles of Employment Contract: Students should be able to identify and interpret the essential elements of an employment contract. Objectives: Students should be able to determine if a valid employment contract was concluded determine the rights and duties of employer and employee in terms of the employment contract. Main Content 3. LAWS WHERE ONLY AN AWARENESS AND WHAT THE ACT IS SEEKING TO ACHIEVE IS REQUIRED Aim An awareness of the relevant legislation as well as what the act is seeking to achieve with regard to legal principles of this area. Objective Students should be able to describe the general principles of law relating to such transactions. 1. INTRODUCTION TO THE SOUTH AFRICAN LEGAL SYSTEM Introduction to study of law Main divisions of law Common law Statute Delict, contract and unjustified enrichment The distinction between a delict and the principles of delictual liability The distinction between civil and criminal law The operation of judicial precedent as a source of law 205

Bill of Rights (essence) 2. LAWS WHERE ONLY A BROAD KNOWLEDGE OF THE RELEVANT STATUTES / COMMON LAW IS REQUIRED General principles of the law of contract and agency Contract Definition and essential elements Agreement intention to create obligations Capacity to contract Legality Physical possibility of performance Formalities Voidable contracts Misrepresentation Duress Undue influence Error (mistake) Operation of contract Parties affected by the contract Contents of the contract Obligations arising from the contract Cession, delegation and variation of contract Termination of contract Performance agreement operation of law Breach of contract forms of breach Remedies for breach Law of agency Nature Formation Relationships of principal and agent Rights and liabilities to third parties to contracts made by agent Agents rights and liabilities to third parties Termination Law of purchase and sale and letting and hiring Law of sale Introduction and definition The goods The price, effect of contracts of sale on passing of ownership Cash and credit sales The risk Duties of the seller Seller s warranty against latent defects Seller s warranty against eviction Duties of the buyer National Credit Act Usury Act Law of letting and hiring Introduction and definition Formalities The object of the contract The identity of the property to be let The rent of leases 206

Renewal of leases Duties of the lessor The lessor s warranty against eviction Duties of the lessee Landlord s hypothec Termination of leases Assignment and subletting Employment contract: Basic Principles Rights & Duties of Employer & Employee Impact of Constitution 3. LAWS WHERE ONLY AN AWARENESS AND WHAT THE ACT IS SEEKING TO ACHIEVE IS REQUIRED Law relating to property transactions Sectional Titles Act 95 of 1986, as 5ecogni Share Block Schemes Act Alienation of Land Act, 1981 Time sharing schemes Rights of purchasers Protection of tenants Law of mortgage and pledge Parties to the mortgage or pledge Types of mortgages and pledge Effect of a mortgage or pledge Extinction of mortgages and pledges Foreclosure Tacit securities Liens Pre-requisites ALC131 or ALC132 Co-requisites Prohibited combinations Breakdown of learning Hours Time-table requirement per week time Contact with lecturer/ tutor 56 Lectures p.w.4 Assignments & tasks: 24 Practicals p.w.0 Assessment: 20 Tutorials p.w.0 Self Study 50 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of student 2 tests(both compulsory)=cam assessment: Coursework : 50% final mark Examination : 50% final mark Assessment module type: CAF Faculty Economic and Management Sciences Mercantile Law Mercantile Law Generic Module Name Mercantile Law 221 Alpha Numeric Code MCR221 Credit Value 10 Semester Proposed semester to be First offered 207

Programmes in which the B.Com(Acc) and B.Com module will be offered Level 6 Year level 2 Students will have acquired an understanding of the general principles, basic aspects and rules regulating the Law relating to Insolvency, Negotiable Instruments, including Electronic Payments and Transactions. In addition students will have developed an understanding of how these principles operate in practice. Main Content The Law of Insolvency which includes (inter alia) a comparison between voluntary surrender and compulsory sequestration, effect and consequence of sequestration on the insolvent, the insolvent estate and the solvent spouse, rehabilitation. The Law of Negotiable Instruments, including basic principles of cheque law and including the law relating to Electronic Payments and Transactions. Pre-requisites MER102 Co-requisites Prohibited combinations Breakdown of learning Hours Time Table requirements per week time Contact with lecturer/ 42 tutor: Assignments & tasks: 0 Lectures pw 3 Practicals: 0 Practicals p.w 0 Assessments 5 Tutorials p.w. 0 Self Study 53 Total Learning Time 100 Methods of student assessment There will be two test opportunities during the semester of which at least one test is compulsory. Students can therefore choose which test to write and the mark for such test will constitute the student s coursework mark. Should any student opt to utilize both test opportunities, the coursework mark will be the average mark of the two tests. 1 examination Coursework mark = 50% of final mark Examination mark = 50% of final mark Assessment module type CAF 208

Programme: Mathematical & Statistical Sciences For information regarding the Mathematical and Statistical Sciences programmes please refer to the Science Faculty Undergraduate year book. Faculty Science faculty Statistics Introductory Statistics Generic Module Name Business statistics 132 Alpha-numeric Code BUS132 NQF Level 5 NQF Credit Value 15 Semester Proposed semester to be offered. Programmes in which the B.Com (General, Accounting) module will be offered Year level To be able to: Recognize the importance of statistics in both private and public sectors Summarize data into summary measures (e.g. mean and standard deviation) Do simple statistical analysis Use a computer to analyze data Main Content Descriptive statistics Simple linear regression analysis Probability Sampling distributions Inferential Statistics Index numbers Time series Pre-requisite modules QS (BAdmin) or Grade 12 Maths HG or SG (70%) or Mathematics (50% - from 2009) Co-requisite modules Prohibited module STA 111/125/141/142/151/BUS /131 Combination Breakdown of Learning Hours Time-table Requirement per week Time Contact with lecturer / tutor: 56 Lectures p.w. 3 x 1 hours Assignments & tasks: 20 Practical s p.w 1 x 3 hours Tests & examinations: Tutorials p.w. 0 Practical s: 10 Self-study 64 Other: Please specify Total Learning Time 150 Method of Student Assessment Assignments (20%) and tests (30%): 50% Final examination: 50% Assessment Module type 209

Faculty Science faculty Statistics Introductory Statistics Generic Module Name Statistics 142 Alpha-numeric Code STA142 NQF Level 7 NQF Credit Value 30 Semester Proposed semester to be offered. Programmes in which the B. Admin module will be offered Year level To be able to: Recognize the importance of statistics in both private and public sectors Department of Political Studies First Year Level Modules Codes: POL : Political Studies SVK : Pass requirement DEPARTMENT OF POLITICAL STUDIES Module topic INTRODUCTION TO POLITICAL STUDIES AND INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS Generic module name INTRODUCTION TO POLITICAL STUDIES AND INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS Alpha-numeric code POL131 Credit Value 15 S Module Type University Level 5 At the end of the course the student will be able to: identify and describe the essential characteristics of politics and the state in a national and international context (e.g. authority, power, legitimacy and sovereignty) outline the development of political institutions provide the theoretical foundations for the study of international relations identify and describe key factors, issues and trends in national and international politics develop the basic techniques and knowledge necessary to pursue further study in the field of Political Science and International Relations Main Content Key features of contemporary political dynamics and state structures Key theoretical approaches to the study of international relations Political trends in national and international politics Key concepts in the fields of Political Science and International Relations, e.g. power and authority The impact of historical trends on current political structures at the national and global level Pre-requisites Co-requisites 210

Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time-table Requirement per week Time Contact with lecturer / tutor: 56 hrs Assignments & tasks: 30 hrs Tests & examinations: 8 hrs Practical s: 0 Self-study 56 hrs Other: Please specify Total Learning Time 150 hrs Methods of Student Assessment Assignments, Tasks, Tests = 50% Examination (50%) Faculty EMS Political Studies South African Politics and the Environment Generic Module Name South African Politics and the Environment Alpha-numeric Code POL 142 NQF Level 5 NQF Credit Value 15 Semester Proposed semester to be 2nd semester offered. Programmes in which the module will be offered BA, LLb, BCom (Extended Programme) and all non-ems students requiring the module as an elective Year level 1st At the end of the module a student should be able to: Explain the political context in which the South African government functions, including South Africa s transition to democracy; Analyse political party policies and elections in post-apartheid South Africa Understand South Africa s position in a regional and international context; Analyse the environment as a political issue and policy problem of sustainable development generally and in South Africa specifically Compare the central ideas of green political thought, e.g. ecologism and environmental justice Provide a typology of environmental groups and an analysis of their impact Describe governmental and corporate responses to environmental problems, e.g. international climate change agreements to reduce greenhouse gasses Main Content South Africa s political transition from apartheid to democracy South African political parties (policies and historical foundations) Trends in South African elections since 1994 The South African political economy and its regional and global context Introduction to environmental politics and environmental sustainability as a policy issue in South Africa Green political thought (ecologism/environmentalism) Environmental groups (green parties and activist groups) Political challenges of responses to environmental questions (at the South African and international political level) 211

Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module GOV 132; ESS 112 Combination Breakdown of Learning Hours Time-table Requirement per week Time Contact with lecturer / tutor: 42hrs Lectures p.w. 2 Assignments & tasks: 30 Practicals p.w. 0 Practicals: 0 Tutorials p.w. 1 Assessments 8 hrs Selfstudy 70 hrs 0 Other: Please specify 0 0 Total Learning Time 150hrs Method of Student Assessment Assignments, Tasks, Tests (50%) Examination (50%) Assessment Module type CFA Module Name South African Politics and Government SCHOOL OF GOVERNMENT: PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION DEPARTMENT OF POLITICAL STUDIES Module topic SOUTH AFRICAN POLITICS AND GOVERNMENT Generic module name SOUTH AFRICAN POLITICS AND GOVERNMENT Alpha-numeric Code GOV 132 Credit Value 15 S Module Type University Level 5 After completion of the module learners should be able to: Explain the political context in which the South African government functions, including South Africa s transition to democracy; Analyse political party policies and elections in post-apartheid South Africa Evaluate South Africa s position in regional and international context; Explain the interface between politics and economics in South Africa Describe the constitutional framework of the South African government Recall terminology, trends, categories, methodology and theories of South African central and provincial government structures Analyse elements, relationships and organizational principles pertaining to the structure of the central and provincial government of South Africa Main Content South Africa s political transition from apartheid to democracy South African political parties (policies and historical foundations) Trends in South African elections since 1994 The South African political economy and its regional and global context Classification of and relationships between the legislative, judicial and executive branches of government in South Africa The composition and structure of branches of the South African 212

Pre-requisites Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor: Assignments & tasks: Tests & examinations: Practical s: Self-study Other: Please specify Total Learning Time Methods of Student Assessment government Division of government functions and services between central, provincial and local spheres of government in South Africa Time-table Requirement per week 56 hrs 30 hrs 8 hrs 56 hrs 150 hrs Assignments, Tasks, Tests = 60% Examination (40%) Second Year Level Modules SVK :Pol 131 (previously 101, 111 and 112) (at least 50%) or GOV132 (previously 102, 121 and 122) (at least 40%) OR POL142 Any four modules may be selected in consultation with the department. Faculty EMS Political Studies South Africa in Comparative Political Context Generic module name South Africa in Comparative Political Context Alpha-numeric code POL 231 NQF Level 6 NQF Credit Value 20 Semester Proposed semester to be 1st or 2nd offered. Programmes in which the B.Admin; BA module will be offered. Year Level 2nd At the end of this module, students should be able to: Describe concepts, employ methods and apply theoretical perspectives in the field of comparative politics Apply these concepts, methods and theories to compare South African political institutions with other selected case studies Analyse the latest debates and controversies in South African politics and political-economy using a comparative context (in relation to other case studies) Main Content Comparative method in Political Studies Political institutions Contemporary debates in South African politics Political-economic issues in South Africa Selected comparative case studies Pre-requisites Pol 131 AND GOV 132 OR POL 142 Co-requisites 213

Prohibited module combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Time-table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 42 Lectures p.w. 2 Assignments & tasks: 70 Practicals p.w. Assessment 0 Tutorials p.w. 1 Practicals: 8 Selfstudy 80 Other: Please specify 0 Total Learning Time 200 Methods of Student Assessment Continuous Evaluation (50%), e.g. Class Test, Tutorial Exercises, Academic Paper AND Final assessment (50%), e.g. Exam Assessment Module type CFA Faculty EMS Political Studies International Political Dynamics Generic module name International Political Dynamics Alpha-numeric code POL 232 NQF Level 6 NQF Credit Value 20 Semester Proposed semester to be 1st or 2nd offered. Programmes in which the module will be offered. B.Admin; BA Year Level 2nd At the end of this module, students should be able to: Define concepts related to the study of foreign policy and international institutions, e.g. diplomacy, global governance, and international regimes Describe and explain the formation and nature of international institutions in terms of IR theories, e.g. regional integration and regime theory Identify and explain economic, political and military instruments of foreign policy Explain the origin and evaluate the purpose and shortcomings of selected international organisations, e.g. the United Nations and the African Union Analyze and evaluate foreign policy issues by explaining how individual, state and system level factors impact on a state s foreign policy Main Content Main definitions, concepts, approaches and theories in the study of foreign policy and international institutions The role of state leadership, domestic politics and a state s position and power in foreign policy-making Selected foreign policy issues International cooperation through international institutions Regional integration and international regime formation Global governance with specific reference to international organisations, such as the United Nations or the African Union Pre-requisites Pol 131 AND GOV 132 OR POL 142 Co-requisites Prohibited module combinations 214

Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Time-table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 42 Lectures p.w. 2 Assignments & tasks: 70 Practicals p.w. Assessment 0 Practicals: 8 Tutorials p.w. 1 Selfstudy 80 Other: Please specify 0 Total Learning Time 200 Methods of Student Assessment Continuous Evaluation (50%), e.g. Class Test, Tutorial Exercises, Academic Paper AND Final assessment (50%), e.g. Exam Faculty Economics and Management Science POLITICAL STUDIES Capita Selecta in Political Studies Generic Module Name Capita Selecta in Political Studies Alpha-numeric Code POL233 NQF Level 6 NQF Credit Value 20 Semester Proposed semester to be 1 st or 2 nd offered. Programmes in which the B Admin; BA module will be offered At the end of this module students should be able to: Describe and explain concept related to the selected topic in Political Studies Evaluate theories or approaches related to the selected topic in Political Studies Critically review literature on the selected topic Analyse key events, actors and/or processes related to a selected topic Main Content Conceptual clarification on a selected topic in Political Studies Theories or approaches in the study of a selected topic Literature Review on a selected topic Key events, actors and processes related to a selected topic Pre-requisite modules Pol131 AND GOV 132/ POL142 Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time Time-table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 42 Lectures Tests & examinations: 0 Practicals Assignments & Tasks 70 Tutorials Practicals: 0 Selfstudy 80 Other: Please specify 0 Total Learning Time 200 Assessment Module type Continuous Evaluation(50%), e.g. Class test, Tutorial Exercises, Academic Paper AND Final assessment (50%), e.g. Exam Assessment Module Type CFA 215

Third Year Pass POL131, GOV132 OR POL142 plus three second year level credits in Political Studies. Faculty Economics and Management Science POLITICAL STUDIES Political Theory Generic Module Name Political Theory Alpha-numeric Code POL331 NQF Level 7 NQF Credit Value 30 Semester Proposed semester to be 1 st or 2 nd offered. Programmes in which the B Admin; BA module will be offered Year level 3 rd At the end of this module students should be able to: Describe and evaluate important contemporary political theories Compare theories with respect to relevant criteria, e.g. their view on the sources of authority and power in society\ Identify proponents of these theories and explain their contribution to the development of political though Critically explain the nature and political functions of political ideas Compare selected ideologies Situate political theories and ideologies in historical context Main Content Selected political theories Arguments and critique of proponents of these theories Political uses of ideologies History of political ideas Pre-requisite modules Any three from the following: POL211, POL213, POL221,POL224 OR any on of the following: POL231,POL232,POL233 Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination Breakdown of Learning Hours Time-table Requirement per week Time Contact with lecturer / tutor: 42 Lectures Assessments: 8 Practicals Assignments & Tasks 100 Tutorials Practicals: 0 Selfstudy 150 Other: Please specify 0 Total Learning Time 300 Assessment Module type Continuous Evaluation(50%), e.g. Class test, Tutorial Exercises, Academic Paper AND Final assessment (50%), e.g. Exam 216

Faculty Economics and Management Science POLITICAL STUDIES Research Methodology In Political Studies Generic Module Name Research Methodology In Political Studies Alpha-numeric Code POL332 NQF Level 7 NQF Credit Value 30 Semester Proposed semester to be 1 st or 2 nd offered. Programmes in which the B Admin; BA module will be offered Year level 3 rd At the end of this module students should be able to: Identify and evaluate different research approaches and methods used in Political studies Design a basic research project on a selected topic by describing a research problem; formulating a research question, research aims and objectives, a hypothesis or propositions; and choosing the appropriate method(s) to gather and analyse data Execute a basic research project on topic in political Studies Main Content Various research approaches and methodologies Research design Research problem, question, aims and objectives Basic research project on a selected topic Data gathering and analysis Pre-requisite modules Any three from the following: POL211, POL213, POL221,POL224 OR any on of the following: POL231,POL232,POL233 Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination Breakdown of Learning Hours Time-table Requirement per week Time Contact with lecturer / tutor: 42 Lectures 2 Assessments: 8 Practicals Assignments & Tasks 120 Tutorials Practicals: 0 Selfstudy 130 Other: Please specify 0 Total Learning Time 300 Assessment Module type Continuous Evaluation(50%), e.g. Class test, Tutorial Exercises, Academic Paper AND Final assessment (50%), e.g. Exam Assessment Module Type CFA Faculty Economics and Management Science POLITICAL STUDIES Capita Selecta in Political Studies Generic Module Name Capita Selecta in Political Studies Alpha-numeric Code POL333 NQF Level 7 NQF Credit Value 30 Semester 217

Proposed semester to be offered. Programmes in which the module will be offered Year level 1 st or 2nd B Admin; BA 3 rd At the end of this module students should be able to: Describe and explain concepts related to the selected topic in Political Studies Critically evaluate, compare and contrast theories or approaches related to the selected topic in Political Studies Critically review literature on the selected topic Critically analyse key events, actors and/or processes related to selected topic. Main Content Conceptual clarification on a selected topic in Political Studies Theories or approaches in the study of selected topic Critical Literature Review on a selected topic Key events, actors and processes related to a selected topic Pre-requisite modules Any three from the following: POL211, POL213, POL221,POL224 OR any on of the following: POL231,POL232,POL233 Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time Time-table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 42 Lectures 2 Assessments: 8 Practicals Assignments & Tasks 120 Tutorials Practicals: 0 Selfstudy 130 Other: Please specify 0 Total Learning Time 300 Assessment Module type Continuous Evaluation(50%), e.g. Class test, Tutorial Exercises, Academic Paper AND Final assessment (50%), e.g. Exam Assessment Module Type CFA Public Administration First Year Level Courses The course consists of two sections School of Government: Public Administration Module topic Introduction to Public and Local Government Administration and Management Generic module name Introduction to Public and Local Government Administration and Management Alpha-numeric Code PUA131 Credit Value 15 S Module Type University Level 6 After completion of the module learners should be in a position to: Possess a comprehensive introduction to the discipline of public administration/management from its early days to the present Demonstrate an understanding of the role and scope of the activity of public administration or public management and in 218

the context of the contemporary state Analyse the patterns of interaction between public administration at work, and other formal political institutions of the state and as well as other components of civil society Evaluate the role of public administration in the process of public policy-making Examine and evaluate the on-going changing role and scope of the state and its administration Understand and analyse the importance of the administration and/or management of public affairs and the role and functions of the public manager within this context Understand theories of local government and comprehend the structure of local government in South Africa Main Content Public Administration as a field of study Government functions and services Intergovernmental relations The relationship between governance and public management Policy implementation, impact and evaluation The role of and functions of the public manager An introduction to the composition and structure of the local sphere of government. The importance, role, functions, structures and process of the local sphere of government in South Africa Pre-requisites Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Hours Time Contact with lecturer / tutor: 42 hrs Tests & examinations: 10 hrs Assignments & Tasks 40 hrs Practicals: 0 Selfstudy 58 hrs Other: Please specify Total Learning Time Methods of Student Assessment 150 hrs Assignments, Tasks 15% Group case study 20% Tests 25% Assessment (40%) SCHOOL OF GOVERNMENT: PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION DEPARTMENT OF POLITICAL STUDIES Module topic SOUTH AFRICAN POLITICS AND GOVERNMENT Generic module name SOUTH AFRICAN POLITICS AND GOVERNMENT Alpha-numeric Code GOV 132 Credit Value 15 S Module Type University Level 5 After completion of the module learners should be able to: Explain the political context in which the South African government functions, including South Africa s transition to democracy; Analyse political party policies and elections in post-apartheid 219

South Africa Evaluate South Africa s position in regional and international context; Explain the interface between politics and economics in South Africa Describe the constitutional framework of the South African government Recall terminology, trends, categories, methodology and theories of South African central and provincial government structures Analyse elements, relationships and organizational principles pertaining to the structure of the central and provincial government of South Africa Main Content South Africa s political transition from apartheid to democracy South African political parties (policies and historical foundations) Trends in South African elections since 1994 The South African political economy and its regional and global context Classification of and relationships between the legislative, judicial and executive branches of government in South Africa The composition and structure of branches of the South African government Division of government functions and services between central, provincial and local spheres of government in South Africa Pre-requisites Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 42 hrs Tests & examinations: 10 hrs Assignments & Tasks 40 hrs Practicals: 0 Selfstudy 58 hrs Other: Please specify Total Learning Time Methods of Student Assessment 150 hrs Assignments, Tasks, Tests = 60% Examination (40%) Second Year Level Courses Students are required to select four elective modules in consultation with the department. SCHOOL OF GOVERNMENT - PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION Module topic PUBLIC SECTOR HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT Generic module name PUBLIC SECTOR HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT Alpha-numeric Code PUA211 Credit Value 10 Term Module Type University Level 6 220

After completion of the module learners will be able to: Explain the terminology, elements, categories, principles, criteria and methodology of human resource management. Explain the role and functions of the public manager in human resource management. Explain the nature and dynamics of the personnel provision and utilisation phases of the human resource management process. Apply the fundamentals of human resource management to public sector human resource management. Main Content Fundamentals of human resource management Human resource provisioning Human resource utilization Role of and functions of public manager in human resource management Pre-requisites PUA 131 (40%) And GOV 132 (40%) Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time HOURS Contact with lecturer/tutor: 21 hours Contact with tutor: 12 hours Assignments & tasks: 30 hours Tests & examinations: 9 hours Self-study: 28 hours Practicals: Total learning time: Methods of Student Assessment 100 hours Tests which measure learning acquired through lecture attendance and self-study 10% Evaluation of the learner s preparation for tutorial exercises and participation in tutorial sessions: 20% Evaluation of the Personal Portfolio process 15% Evaluation of research assignment 15% Examination 40% Module Name PUA 212: Public Policy Analysis SCHOOL OF GOVERNMENT - PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION Module topic PUBLIC POLICY ANALYSIS Generic module name PUBLIC POLICY ANALYSIS Alpha-numeric Code PUA212 Credit Value 10 Term Module Type University Level 6 After completion of the module, learners will be able to: Explain the organizational, sectoral and societal significance of policy. Explain the nature and dynamics of phases in the policy process. Apply public policy analysis methodologies to policy issues. Design a Policy Issue Paper which reflects the structuring of a policy issue. Main Content The identification, structuring, assessment and prioritisation of public policy issues. The design of public policy projects. The implementation of public policy projects. The control, evaluation and review of public policy projects. Pre-requisites PUA131 (40%) And GOV 132 (40%) 221

Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 21 hrs Tests & examinations: 9 hrs Assignments & Tasks 42 hrs Practicals: 0 Selfstudy 28 hrs Other: Please specify Total Learning Time 100 hrs Methods of Student Assessment School of Government - Public Administration Module topic Administration and Democracy Generic module name Administration and Democracy Alpha-numeric Code PUA213 Credit Value 10 Term Module Type University Level 6 After completion of the module students should be able to: Examine and explain contemporary issues of Public Administration with the administrative, social, economic and political values of a democratic state. Examine and apply various approaches on democratic theories, civil society and bureaucracy to contemporary South African Public Administration. Synthesize research findings on public administration and democracy in South Africa. Main Content Contemporary issues of South African Public Administration in relation to administrative, social, economic and political values of a democratic state. Approaches on democratic theories, civil society and bureaucracy. Pre-requisites PUA131 (40%) and GOV132 (40%) Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer 33 hours Assignments & tasks 3 hours0 Tests & examinations: 9 hours Self-study: 28 hours Practicals Total learning time 100 hours Methods of Student Assessment Assignment & tasks: 15% Tests which measure learning acquired through lecture attendance and self-study: 10% Evaluation of the learner s preparation for tutorial exercises and participation in tutorial sessions: 20% Evaluation of Personal Portfolio process 15% 222

School of Government - Public Administration Module topic Public Financial Management Generic module name Public Financial Management Alpha-numeric Code PUA221 Credit Value 10 Term Module Type University Level 6 After completion of the module students should be able to: Explain the fundamentals of public sector financial management: terminology; specific facts; conventions; trends and sequences; classifications and categories; criteria; methodology; principles and generalizations; and theories of public financial management. Explain the significance of the role of the budget in pursuing the goals and objectives of the government. Explain the nature and dynamics of the phases of the budget cycle. Explain the role of the public manager in public financial management. Evaluate the impact of financial control measures (e.g. auditorgeneral) on efficient and effective management practices in governmental organisations. Main Content Fundamentals of public financial management Socio-political realities of public financial management National budgets: features, functions & practices Public financial accountability; internal control; auditing; intergovernmental fiscal relations; provisioning administration; public debt management; and role of and functions of public manager in financial management. Pre-requisites PUA131 (40%) and GOV132 (40%) Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer 21 hours Contact with tutor 12 hours Assignments & tasks 30 hours0 Tests & examinations: 9 hours Self-study: 28 hours Practicals Total learning time 100 hours Methods of Student Assessment Assignment & tasks: 20% Tests which measure learning acquired through lecture attendance and self-study: 10% Evaluation of the learner s preparation for tutorial exercises and participation in tutorial sessions: 15% Evaluation of the Personal Portfolio process: 15% Examination: 40% 223

School of Government - Public Administration Module topic Urban and Rural Management Generic module name Urban and Rural Management Alpha-numeric Code PUA222 Credit Value 10 Term Module Type University Level 6 After completion of the module students should be able to Explain the organisational and societal significance of urbanisation processes, particularly in developing countries. Comprehend and explain the challenges urbanisation gives rise to, such as informal settlements, job creation, service delivery, etc.). Explain the challenges facing rural development in developing countries, particularly on the African continent. Comprehend contemporary management issues in urban and rural local government, particularly in developing countries. Main Content Contemporary issues of urbanisation processes: challenges of informal settlements, job creation, service delivery. Intergovernmental relations and urban functions and processes. Role of rural areas in social and political economy and approaches towards management of this sector. Appropriate forms of rural government and effective management of rural and urban development. Pre-requisites PUA131 (40%) and GOV132 (40%) Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer/tutor 21 hrs Contact with tutor 12 hrs Assignments & tasks 30 hrs Tests & examinations: 9 hrs Self-study: 28 hrs Practicals Total learning time 100 hrs Methods of Student Tests which measure learning acquired through lecture attendance and Assessment self-study: 10% Evaluation of the learner s preparation for tutorial exercises and participation in tutorial sessions: 20% Evaluation of the Personal Portfolio process: 15% Evaluation of research assignment: 15% Examinations: 40% 224

SCHOOL OF GOVERNMENT - PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION Module topic ORGANISATIONAL THEORIES IN THE PUBLIC SECTOR Generic module name ORGANISATIONAL THEORIES IN THE PUBLIC SECTOR Alpha-numeric Code PUA223 Credit Value 10 Term Module Type University Level 6 After completion of the module students should be able to: Recall terminology; specific facts; trends and sequences; classifications and categories; criteria; methodology; principles and generalizations. Comprehend major theories/schools of thought on organisation. Explain applicability of principles of major theories/schools of thought on organization to public administration institutions. Main Content Nature of organisation theories Formal theories of organisation: Bureaucratic model, scientific management, universal school of administration, human relations approach, decision-making approach, behavioural science approach, environmental approaches, systems and contingency theories, cybernetics; organization development and change. Pre-requisites PUA131 (40%) and GOV132 (40%) Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer 21 Contact with tutor 12 Assignments & tasks 30 Tests & examinations: 9 Self-study: 28 Practicals Total learning time 100 Methods of Student Assessment Tests which measure learning acquired through lecture attendance and self-study: 10% Evaluation of the learner s preparation for tutorial exercises and participation in tutorial sessions: 20% Evaluation of the Personal Portfolio process: 15% Evaluation of research assignment: 15% Examinations: 40% 225

Practicum Third Year Level Students are required to select four elective modules in consultation with the Department. SCHOOL OF GOVERNMENT - PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION Module topic RESEARCH METHODS IN PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION Generic module name RESEARCH METHODS IN PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION Alpha-numeric Code PUA311 Credit Value 15 Term Module Type University Level 7 After completion of the module students should be able to: Explain terminology; specific facts; conventions; trends and sequences; classifications and categories; criteria; methodology; principles and generalizations. Explain the application of analytic tools and social science methods to problems associated with policy formulation, implementation and evaluation. Apply the logic and skills needed to engage in practical research projects. Main Content The research process Conceptual foundations and elements of social scientific research and types of research Preparation and conceptualisation of policy studies Research designs Analysis of recommendations, research report writing and communication of research results to policymakers Pre-requisites PUA131, GOV132; PUA 212 Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer 21 Assignments & tasks 40 Tests & examinations: 10 Self-study: 65 Practicals/ contact with tutor 14 Total learning time 150 Methods of Student Tests which measure learning acquired through lecture attendance and Assessment self-study: 10% Evaluation of the learner s preparation for tutorial exercises and participation in tutorial sessions: 20% Evaluation of the Personal Portfolio process 15% Evaluation of Research assignment: 15% Examinations: 40% 226

SCHOOL OF GOVERNMENT - PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION Module topic LOCAL GOVERNMENT Generic module name LOCAL GOVERNMENT Alpha-numeric Code PUA312 Credit Value 15 Term Module Type University Level 7 After completion of the module students should be able to: Recall terminology; specific facts; conventions; trends and sequences; classifications and categories; criteria; methodology; principles and generalisations of local government administration and management. Comprehend and explain the structure of local government in South Africa and contemporary management issues in metropolitan and rural local government. Analyse and explain elements, relationships, problems and challenges facing local authorities within a framework of comparative studies of systems of local government in various countries. Main Content Aspects of citizen participation and representation Local government issues: finance; metropolitan growth; implications of industrialisation and urbanisation Comparative study of systems of local government Pre-requisites PUA 131, GOV132, PUA 222 Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer 21 Assignments & tasks 40 Tests & examinations: 10 Self-study: 65 Practicals/ contact with tutor 14 Total learning time 150 Methods of Student Tests which measure learning acquired through lecture attendance and Assessment self-study: 10% Evaluation of the learner s preparation for tutorial exercises and participation in tutorial sessions:20% Evaluation of the Personal Portfolio process: 15% Evaluation of research assignment: 15% Examination: 40% SCHOOL OF GOVERNMENT - PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION Module topic COMPARATIVE PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION Generic module name COMPARATIVE PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION Alpha-numeric Code PUA313 Credit Value 15 Term Module Type University Level 7 After completion of the module students should be able to: Explain terminology; specific facts; trends and sequences; classifications and categories; criteria; methodology; principles and generalisations of administrative systems of developed and developing nations. 227

Explain and compare the structure and systems of administration of government of developed and developing nations. Explain the elements, relationships and organizational principles pertaining to the systems of administration of developed and developing countries. Main Content Criteria for cross-national comparisons Comparison of structures and administrative culture; dimensions of administrative capacity; causes of chronic mal-administration; comparative study of key policy issues Pre-requisites PUA131, GOV132, PUA 222 Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer 21 Contact with tutor 40 Assignments & tasks 10 Tests & examinations: 65 Self-study: 14 Practicals/ contact with tutor 150 Total learning time Methods of Student Assessment Tests which measure learning acquired through lecture attendance and self-study: 10% Evaluation of the learner s preparation for tutorial exercises and participation in tutorial sessions: 20% Evaluation of the Personal Portfolio process: 15% Evaluation of Research assignment: 15% Examinations: 40% SCHOOL OF GOVERNMENT - PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION Module topic THEORIES AND TECHNIQUES OF PLANNING Generic module name THEORIES AND TECHNIQUES OF PLANNING Alpha-numeric Code PUA314 Credit Value 15 Term Module Type University Level 7 After completion of the module students should be able to: Recall fundamentals of development planning and planning techniques: terminology; specific facts; conventions; trends and sequences; classifications and categories; criteria; methodology; principles and generalizations. Develop a practically-oriented overview of various models of development planning and major planning techniques. Develop an understanding of the field from different disciplinary perspectives. Main Content Social mobilization approaches to development Planning Human resource theories Economic growth forecasting methods Demographic-based projections Micro and macro-economic models Pre-requisites PUA131, GOV132, PUA 211, PUA 212 Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations 228

Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer 21 Assignments & tasks 40 Tests & examinations: 10 Self-study: 65 Practicals/ contact with tutor 14 Total learning time 150 Methods of Student Assessment Tests which measure learning acquired through lecture attendance and self-study: 10% Evaluation of the learner s preparation for tutorial exercises and participation in tutorial sessions: 20% Evaluation of the Personal Portfolio process: 15% Evaluation of research assignment: 15% Examinations: 40% SCHOOL OF GOVERNMENT - PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION Module topic MANAGEMENT IN THE PUBLIC SECTOR Generic module name MANAGEMENT IN THE PUBLIC SECTOR Alpha-numeric Code PUA321 Credit Value 15 Term Module Type University Level 7 After completion of the module students should be able to: Explain management terminology; conventions; trends and sequences; classifications and categories; criteria; methodology; principles and generalisations; and theories of management. Explain the role, functions and skills requirements of the public manager in a public sector environment. Comprehend the utility of specific management techniques to enhance efficient and effective decision-making. Main Content Fundamentals of public sector management Roles & functions of the public manager in policymaking; planning; organising; leadership; coordination and control; evaluation, discipline and staff development Changing roles of public managers and skills required Pre-requisites PUA131, GOV132, PUA 211, PUA 212, PUA221 (40%), PUA222 (40%) Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer 21 Contact with tutor 40 Assignments & tasks 10 Tests & examinations: 65 Self-study: 14 Practicals/ contact with tutor 150 Total learning time Methods of Student Assessment Tests which measure learning acquired through lecture attendance and self-study: 10% Evaluation of the learner s preparation for tutorial exercises and participation in tutorial sessions: 20% Evaluation of the Personal Portfolio process: 15% Evaluation of research assignment: 15% Examinations: 40% 229

SCHOOL OF GOVERNMENT - PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION Module topic DEVELOPMENT ADMINISTRATION Generic module name DEVELOPMENT ADMINISTRATION Alpha-numeric code PUA322 Credit Value 15 Term Module Type University Level 7 After completion of the module students should be able to: Explain terminology; specific facts; trends and sequences; classifications and categories; criteria; methodology; principles; generalisations; and models of development. Comprehend and explain the role of public administration in promoting of especially socio-economic development Apply models of development in particular development situations. Explain problems and challenges in development administration and development crises in Third World countries. Main Content Meanings and features of development administration and models of development Entrepreneurial public administration and the promotion of developmental programmes Public administration and public enterprise Problems in development administration in the Third World Pre-requisites PUA131, GOV132, PUA 222 Co-requisites rohibited Combinations reakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer 21 Assignments & tasks 40 Tests & examinations: 10 Self-study: 65 Practicals/ contact with tutor 14 Total learning time 150 Methods of Student Assessment Tests which measure learning acquired through lecture attendance and self-study: 10% Evaluation of the learner s preparation for tutorial exercises and participation in tutorial sessions: 20% Evaluation of the Personal Portfolio process: 15% Evaluation of research assignment: 15% Examinations: 40% Module Name PUA 323- Management Systems in the Public Sector SCHOOL OF GOVERNMENT - PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION Module topic MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS IN THE PUBLIC SECTOR Generic module name MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS IN THE PUBLIC SECTOR Alpha-numeric Code PUA323 Credit Value 15 Term Module Type University Level 7 After completion of the module students should be able to: Explain terminology, specific facts; trends and sequences; classifications and categories; criteria; methodology; principles and generalisations of management systems in the public sector. 230

Explain application of management systems and techniques to public sector programmes. Apply relevant management techniques to particular and concrete situations within public sector programmes. Main Content The application of computerized information systems project management, systems analysis, PERT, CPM, and other systems management approaches to public sector programmes. Pre-requisites PUA131, GOV132, PUA 222, PUA221 (40%) Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer 21 Assignments & tasks 40 Tests & examinations: 10 Self-study: 65 Practicals/ contact with tutor 14 Total learning time 150 Methods of Student Assessment Tests which measure learning acquired through lecture attendance and self-study: 10% Evaluation of the learner s preparation for tutorial exercises and participation in tutorial sessions: 20% Evaluation of the Personal Portfolio process: 15% Evaluation of research assignment: 15% Examinations: 40% Module Name PUA 324- Public Enterprise Management SCHOOL OF GOVERNMENT - PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION Module topic PUBLIC ENTERPRISE MANAGEMENT Generic module name PUBLIC ENTERPRISE MANAGEMENT Alpha-numeric Code PUA324 Credit Value 15 Term Module Type University Level 7 After completion of the module students should be able to: Recall terminology, specific facts; trends and sequences; classifications and categories; criteria; methodology; principles and generalisations of public enterprises. Understand and explain the classification, structures and management systems of public enterprises. Explain the role of public enterprises as major instruments of development planning and implementation. Analyse elements, relationships and organizational principles pertaining to the structure and management of public enterprises. Main Content Examine the purposes, performance and problems of management in public enterprises and their role in terms of contribution to employment, investment and output. Role of performance of public enterprises; Financial autonomy and accountability; Coordination within government; Reform of public enterprise; Privatisation and liquidation. Pre-requisites PUA131, GOV132, PUA 221, PUA 222 Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations 231

Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Contact with lecturer 21 Assignments & tasks 40 Tests & examinations: 10 Self-study: 65 Practicals/ contact with tutor 14 Total learning time 150 Methods of Student Assessment Tests which measure learning acquired through lecture attendance and self-study: 10% Evaluation of the learner s preparation for tutorial exercises and participation in tutorial sessions: 20% Evaluation of the Personal Portfolio process: 15% Evaluation of research assignment: 15% Examinations: 40% Faculty EMS School of Government Industrial Policy Generic Module Name Industrial Policy Alpha-numeric Code IDP311 NQF Credit Value 15 semester Proposed semester to be First semester offered. Programmes in which the module will be offered BEcon NQF level 7 Year Level 3 After completing this module, learners will be able to: Evaluate i) the objectives of the NIPF ii) the strategic programs of NIPF and iii) the implications of the accelerated and shared growth initiative. Explain the necessary conditions for industrialisation and ii) discuss the pre-1994 and post 1994 industrial development path of South Africa Perform a situational analysis of industrial development in South Africa by referring to aspects such as industrial strategies, financing issues, skill & education issues, impact of fiscal policy, technology & innovation, small business development and competition policy. Evaluate the recent industrial policy plan of government Main Content The following main topics are covered in the module: The concept of Industrial Policy & the National Industrial Policy Framework (NIPF) Industrialisation Situational Analysis of Industrial Development Industrial & Sector Strategies Financing Issues of Industrial Policy Skills & Education Issues for Industrial Policy Industrial Regulation & Competition Policy Industrial Policy & Fiscal Policy Industrial Policy & Issues Pertaining Industrial policy action Plan Pre-requisite modules ECO 231 and ECO 232 Co-requisite modules 232

Prohibited module Combination Breakdown of Learning Hours Time-table Requirement per week Time Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Lectures p.w. Assignments & tasks: 35 Practicals p.w. Practicals: 1 Tutorials p.w. Test and Assessments 6 Selfstudy 51 Total Learning Time 150 hours Method of Student CPA Assessment Assessment Module type Formal assessment. i.e. Test, Assignment and group tasks 233